REGULATION

THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

(2020)

EFFECTIVE DATE: 01/04/2020

P.O. Box 32800, Abu Dhabi, U.A.E | T+ 971 2 2070777 www.doe.gov.ae

THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Contents
Foreword ............................................................................................................... 8
Acknowledgements ............................................................................................... 9
History of revisions ............................................................................................. 10
Document numbering ......................................................................................... 11
1. Introduction ................................................................................................ 12
1.1 Citation ......................................................................................................... 12
1.2 Commencement ........................................................................................... 12
1.3 Purpose ........................................................................................................ 12
1.4 Scope and enforcement ............................................................................... 12
1.5 Responsibility for Implementation ................................................................ 14
1.6 References ................................................................................................... 14
1.7 Distribution ................................................................................................... 14
2 Definitions .................................................................................................. 15
2.1 Interpretation ................................................................................................ 15
2.2 Definitions .................................................................................................... 15
3. General principles and safety requirements ............................................. 24
3.1 Technical standards, materials and workmanship ........................................ 24
3.2 Approval of Electrical Installations ................................................................ 24
3.2 Extensions, alterations and repairs .............................................................. 25
3.4 Licensed Contractors ................................................................................... 26
3.5 Requirements for safety ............................................................................... 26
3.6 Labelling and identification ........................................................................... 27
3.7 Environmental conditions ............................................................................. 28
4 Electricity parameters and Electricity Intake ............................................. 29
4.1 Electricity parameters ................................................................................... 29
4.2 Electricity Intake ........................................................................................... 29
4.3 The Connection Point ................................................................................... 30
4.4 Multiple occupancy Premises ....................................................................... 31
4.5 Metering requirements ................................................................................. 31
5 Protection .................................................................................................. 32
5.1 General principles ........................................................................................ 32
5.2 Overload and short-circuit protection ........................................................... 32
5.3 Electric shock protection .............................................................................. 33
5.4 Earth Leakage Protected Systems ............................................................... 34

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 2 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

5.5 Earthed Equipotential Bonded Systems ....................................................... 35

5.6 Isolation and switching ................................................................................. 37
5.7 Insulation ...................................................................................................... 37
6 Earthing ..................................................................................................... 39
6.1 General principles ........................................................................................ 39
6.2 Systems of Earthing ..................................................................................... 39
6.3 Main Earth Terminal ..................................................................................... 40
6.4 Earth Electrodes........................................................................................... 40
6.5 Earth Conductors ......................................................................................... 41
6.6 Exposed-Conductive-Parts........................................................................... 42
6.7 Earth Faults Loop Impedance ...................................................................... 42
6.8 Lightning protection ...................................................................................... 43
6.9 Functional Earthing and high leakage currents ............................................ 43
7 Selection of components and installation requirements ........................... 45
7.1 Plugs, socket-outlets and flex outlets ........................................................... 45
7.2 Switches and isolators.................................................................................. 46
7.3 Lighting......................................................................................................... 47
7.4 Conduit, trunking and Cable Trays ............................................................... 48
7.5 Cables .......................................................................................................... 50
7.6 Final Circuits ................................................................................................ 52
7.7 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers ......................................................... 53
7.8 Distribution Boards ....................................................................................... 53
7.9 LV switchboards ........................................................................................... 56
8 Inspection, site testing and certification .................................................... 57
8.1 Inspection and testing by the Licensed Contractor ....................................... 57
8.2 Inspection and testing by the Distribution Company .................................... 58
8.3 Electrical Installation Certificates.................................................................. 59
9 Special locations and systems .................................................................. 60
9.1 Separated Extra-Low Voltage ....................................................................... 60
9.2 Protective Extra-Low Voltage ....................................................................... 61
9.3 Bathrooms and similar locations .................................................................. 61
9.4 Swimming pools ........................................................................................... 62
9.6 Temporary Electrical Installations ................................................................ 64
9.7 Roadway lighting ......................................................................................... 65
9.8 External lighting ........................................................................................... 65
9.9 Marinas and similar locations ...................................................................... 66
9.10 Solar photovoltaic systems........................................................................... 68

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 3 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

10. Power factor correction ................................................................................. 72

10.1 General requirements................................................................................... 72
10.2 Specifications for capacitors......................................................................... 73
11. Electric motors and starters .......................................................................... 75
11.1 General requirements................................................................................... 75
11.2 Protection and isolation ............................................................................... 76
12. Standby generators ...................................................................................... 77
12.1 General requirements................................................................................... 77
13. Electrical Vehicle (EV) Charging Systems ................................................ 78
13.1 General Principles ........................................................................................ 78
13.2 Final Circuit................................................................................................... 80
13.3 Socket and Connectors ................................................................................ 80
13.4 Isolation and switching.................................................................................. 81
13.5 Protection ..................................................................................................... 81
13.6 Labelling requirements ................................................................................. 82
13.7 Inspection and site testing ............................................................................ 82
13.8 Provision of information ................................................................................ 82
14 Review of DoE decision ............................................................................ 83
14.1 Application for review ................................................................................... 83
14.2 Timescale for application for review ............................................................. 83
14.3 Extension of time for application for review .................................................. 83
14.4 DoE request for information ......................................................................... 83
14.5 DoE decision ................................................................................................ 83
15. Failure to comply with Regulations ........................................................... 85
15.1 Reporting failures ......................................................................................... 85
15.2 Enforcement procedures .............................................................................. 85
16. Governing Law .......................................................................................... 86
17. Appendices ................................................................................................. 87
A1. Glossary of terms and abbreviations .................................................................... 87
A2. Recommended Books and references ................................................................. 89
A3. Reference standards ............................................................................................ 92
A4. List of regulations and Clauses which do not apply to existing Electrical
Installations .......................................................................................................... 95
A5.(a) Distribution Company Earthed System (TN-S) ................................................ 96
A5.(b) Locally Earthed System (TT) ........................................................................... 97
A5.(c) Distribution Company Earthed System with Locally Earthed System
(TN-S and TT) ....................................................................................................... 98

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 4 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(d) Earthed Electrode pit and standard labels ....................................................... 99

A5.(e) Main Earth Terminal (MET) at Main Distribution Board (MDB) ...................... 100
A5.(f) Main Earth Conductor (MEC) and Circuit Earth Conductor (CEC) .................. 101
A5.(g) Components of Earth Fault Loop Impedance ................................................ 103
A5.(h) Earth Fault Loop Impedance values required for MCBs (at 230V) ................. 104
A5.(i) Resistance per metre of copper conductors .................................................... 105
A5.(j) Sizing of Earth Conductors and Equipotential Bonding Conductors ............... 106
A5.(k) Minimum number of Earth Electrodes ............................................................ 107
A5.(l) Mandatory connections to Earth Conductors .................................................. 108
A5.(m) Residual Operating current settings for RCDs and ELP devices .................. 109
A6.(a) Time-current characteristic of MCBs as multiple of rated current .................. 111
A6.(b) Time-current characteristic of Type B MCBs ................................................. 112
A6.(c) Time-current characteristic of Type C MCBs ................................................. 113
A6.(d) Time current characteristic of Type D MCBs ................................................. 114
A6.(e) Typical energy let-through characteristics of MCBs ....................................... 115
A6.(f) MCBs selection criteria ................................................................................... 116
A6.(g) Internal construction of MCB .......................................................................... 118
A7.(a) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC single core cables (non-armoured).. 119
A7.(b) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC multi-core cables (non- armoured) .. 120
A7.(c) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC multi-core cables (armoured)........... 122
A7.(d) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for thermo-setting (XLPE) multi-core cables
(armoured) .......................................................................................................... 123
A7.(e) Circuit rating for MICC cable .......................................................................... 124
A7.(f) Circuit Rating and Voltage drop for flexible cords ........................................... 125
A7.(g) Rating factors with respect to ambient (air) temperature ............................... 126
A7.(h) Rating factors with respect to grouping of cables .......................................... 127
A8. Colour identification for cables ........................................................................... 128
A9. Capacity of conduits, trunking and Cable Trays ................................................. 129
A10. IP coding for ingress protection ........................................................................ 130
A11. Standard wiring diagram symbols..................................................................... 131
A12.(a) Labelling of Electrical Installation ................................................................. 133
A12.(b) Minimum sizes of LV switchrooms ............................................................... 134
A12.(c) Typical layout of Final Distribution Boards (FDB) and RCD label................. 135
A12.(d) Typical layout of LV switchroom .................................................................. 137
A13. Boundary of Connection Point and scope of the Regulations .......................... 138
A14. Typical layout for small power and lighting circuits ........................................... 139
A15. Minimum number of socket-outlets and connection points ............................... 141
A16. Mounting height for Accessories and socket-outlets ........................................ 142
A17.(a) Approved and prohibited plugs and socket-outlets (domestic)..................... 143

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 5 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A17.(b) Industrial plugs and socket-outlets............................................................... 144

A17.(c) Shaver socket-outlets for bathrooms............................................................ 145
A18.(a) Class I Equipment (Earthed Conductive Parts) ............................................ 146
A18.(b) Class II Equipment (double insulated) ......................................................... 147
A18.(c) Separated Extra-Low Voltage (SELV) supply .............................................. 148
A18.(d) Protective Extra-Low Voltage (PELV) supply ............................................... 149
A18.(e) Reduced Low Voltage (RLV) supply ............................................................ 150
A19.(a) Measurement of Earth Electrode resistance ................................................ 151
A19.(b) Measurement of Distribution Company supply impedance (Ze) .................. 153
A19.(c) Measurement of total Earth Fault Loop Impedance (Zs) .............................. 155
A19.(d) Circuit continuity, (R1+R2) and (R1+Rn) tests ............................................. 156
A19.(e) Lamp holder Circuit polarity tests ................................................................. 159
A19.(f) Segregation and insulation resistance tests.................................................. 160
A19.(g) Sequence of testing for new Electrical Installations ..................................... 162
A20.(a) Electrical Installation Certificate ................................................................... 163
A20.(b) Inspection report (front) ................................................................................ 164
A20.(c) Inspection report (back) ............................................................................... 165
A20.(d) Electrical Installation testing report .............................................................. 166
A20.(e) Load distribution schedules ......................................................................... 168
A20.(f) Solar PV test report....................................................................................... 174
A20.(g) Solar PV system inspection report ............................................................... 175
A21. General Marinas connection arrangements ..................................................... 177
A22. General solar PV connection arrangements..................................................... 178
18. Guidance Notes ....................................................................................... 179
G1. Guidance note on supply Voltage change ......................................................... 181
G2. Estimation of Connected Load and diversity factors .......................................... 182
G3.(a) Photograph of busbar riser ............................................................................ 192
G3.(b) Photograph of Final Distribution Board (horizontal DIN rail) .......................... 193
G3.(c) Photograph of Final Distribution Board (vertical, split busbsr type) ............... 194
G4.(a) Direct Contact with electricity ........................................................................ 195
G4.(b) Indirect Contact with electricity ...................................................................... 196
G4.(c) Main and Supplementary Earthed Equipotential Bonding (EEB) ................... 197
G4.(d) Illustration of Earth Leakage Protected System (ELPS) ................................ 198
G4.(e) Grading of RCDs in an ELP system .............................................................. 199
G4.(f) ELP system supplied from LV switchroom ..................................................... 200
G4.(g) Calculation of Touch Voltage (ELP system) .................................................. 201
G4.(h) Calculation of Touch Voltage (EEB system) .................................................. 202
G5.(a) RCD operating characteristics and electric shock ......................................... 203
G5.(b) Typical values of body resistance and physiological effects .......................... 204

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 6 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G5.(c) RCD operating principles ............................................................................... 205

G5.(d) Types of RCDs .............................................................................................. 206
G5.(e) Sources of tripping of RCDs .......................................................................... 207
G6. Protection of buried cables ................................................................................ 208
G7.(a) Exposed unsheathed cables at termination points ........................................ 209
G7.(b) Protection of high temperature connections .................................................. 210
G7.(c) Weather protected outdoor socket-outlets ..................................................... 211
G7.(d) Earth tails in Accessories and connection boxes ........................................... 212
G7.(e) Minimum depth of buried plastic conduit ....................................................... 213
G7.(f) Circuit identification numbers on Accessories and Earth Conductors ............ 214
G7.(g) Missing grommets and sharp edges on Cable Tray ...................................... 215
G7.(h) Cables in ceiling-voids ................................................................................... 216
G7.(i) Cable glands for Earthing of armoured cable ................................................. 217
G7.(j) Earth continuity connections across Cable Tray and conduit ......................... 218
G7.(k) Prohibited terminal blocks and taped connections ......................................... 219
G7.(l) Slotting of steel gland plates for single core cables ........................................ 220
G7.(m) Flex-outlets ................................................................................................... 221
G8. Typical lighting Circuit Installation ...................................................................... 222
G9. Isolation and Switching ...................................................................................... 225
G10.(a) Typical lightning protection system details .................................................. 226
G10.(b) Lightning Earth Electrodes .......................................................................... 228
G11. Changes in this Edition (April 2020) ................................................................. 229

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 7 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Foreword
The Department of Energy (DoE) is established in Abu Dhabi pursuant to Law No.11 of 2018
(the Law). Under that Law, the DoE is the successor entity of the Regulation and Supervision
Bureau (RSB) and Abu Dhabi Water and Electricity Authority (ADWEA). Accordingly, any
references to the Regulation and Supervision Bureau, the Bureau, RSB, the Authority or
ADWEA in any document, template or correspondence shall now be interpreted as referring to
the DoE.

The DoE’s role is to regulate the economic and technical activities of entities operating in the
energy sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.

Moreover, the DoE has certain responsibilities towards the general public, including the
assurance of safe and efficient electricity supplies to customers and these Regulations have
been produced with this primary aim in mind.

These Regulations promote the installation and operation of safe electricity wiring systems in
premises and are based on the general principles defined in British Standard BS 7671
(otherwise known as the IET Wiring Regulations,UK), which are also similar to the International
Standard IEC 60364. Such principles are common practice in Abu Dhabi and were adopted in
previous documents, including the first Wiring Regulations issued by the old Water and
Electricity Department (WED) in 1972.

These Regulations also take account of the physical environment in Abu Dhabi and the skills
and language diversity of the region.

These Regulations are issued by the DoE pursuant to the powers conferred to it under the Law
and shall replace the provious regulations issued by the RSB, ADWEA or WED.

These Regulations shall be effective from 1st April 2020 and can be downloaded from the DoE’s
website www.doe.gov.ae.

MOHAMMED BIN JARSH AL FALASI

Undersecretary-Department of Energy

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 8 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Acknowledgements
The DoE gratefully acknowledges the contributions and comments provided by the following
organisations:

(i) Al Ain Distribution Company (AADC)

(ii) Abu Dhabi Distribution Company (ADDC)

(iii) Abu Dhabi Quality and Conformity Council (QCC)

(iv) Abu Dhabi City Municipality (ADCM)

In particular, the DoE wishes to acknowledge the previous permission granted by the Institute
of Engineering Technology and the British Standards Institute for the use in this document of
data and information taken from BS 7671

BS 7671 (IET Wiring Regulations Eighteenth Edition) can be purchased in hardcopy format
only from the IET website http://electrical.theiet.org/ and the BSI online shop:
http://shop.bsigroup.com .

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 9 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

History of revisions
Revision Date Prepared by Checked by Issued to
ED/R01/010 Issue 1 Dec 2007 T Khan L. Hill Publication
ED/R01/010 Revision 1 Jan 2009 T Khan L. Hill Publication
M Yousif
ED/R01/010 Third Edition Mar 2014 M Preece Publication
C K Lee
K Al Marzooqi
RA/EPT/010 M Iskeirjeh
Apr 2020 S Alshkeili Publication
(2020 Edition issued by DoE) M Sattari
M Yousif

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 10 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Document numbering
These Regulations use the following numbering system:
Parts are referenced by integers (e.g. 1, 2, 3, etc.)
Regulations are referenced by one full stop between numbers (e.g. 1.1, 1.2, etc.)
Clauses are referenced by two full stops between numbers (e.g. 3.1.2, etc.)
Notes are indicated below the Clause in square brackets and italic text. For example,
[Note: this Clause does not apply to Installations that have
been …]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 11 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

1. Introduction
1.1 Citation
1.1.1 These Regulations shall be cited as the Electricity Wiring Regulations 2020 (The Regulations)

1.2 Commencement
1.2.1 These Regulations come into force on 1st April 2020 (Commencement Date)

1.2.2 These Regulations are issued by the Department of Energy pursuant to Law No (11) of 2018.

1.2.3 These Regulations supersede and replace the following regulations:

- The Electricity Wiring Regulations (3rd Edition 2014 issued by former RSB) and its EVSE
Addendum No 1 issued in 2016
- ADWEA’s Wiring Rules and Regulations (3rd Edition 2003);
- WED’s Regulations for Electrical Installation Works (1980); and

- Earth Leakage Protection Regulations (2001).

1.3 Purpose

1.3.1 The purpose of these Regulations is to establish standards and principles that promote the
design, construction, installation, maintenance and operation of safe and efficient Low Voltage
(LV) Electrical Installations in all Premises within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.

1.3.2 The document is structured into parts, regulations and Clauses. Regulations and Clauses are
mandatory. Notes which are included below Clauses, in italic text, are for guidance,
clarification or provide supporting technical information.

1.3.3 Appendices contain mandatory information and Guidance notes contain supporting
information.

1.4 Scope and enforcement

1.4.1 These Regulations apply to all Distribution Companies, Customers, Owners, Licensed
Contractors, or any other persons involved in the design, construction, installation,
maintenance or operation of LV Electrical Installations in all Premises within the Emirate of Abu
Dhabi. Such locations include, but are not limited to apartments, villas, offices, shops,
warehouses, hotels, commercial complexes, leisure complexes, public buildings, parks and
public realm, farms, temporary Electrical Installations, entertainment arenas, construction
sites, tents, outbuildings, caravans, Roadway lighting, and traffic signs.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 12 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

[Note: certain Premises such as industrial, manufacturing, railway, oil and gas etc., due to the nature of
their operation, may have specific requirements or standards that are not covered in these Regulations.
In such cases, evidence of compliance with such requirements or standards must be provided to the
relevant Distribution Company.]

1.4.2 The scope of these Regulations does not include the design and technical requirements of
the High Voltage (HV) and LV electricity distribution networks belonging to Distribution
Companies.

[Note: requirements governing Distribution Companies’ networks are covered under the Electricity
Supply Regulations, as well as relevant Licences, codes and standards.]

1.4.3 These Regulations shall apply to all new Electrical Installations constructed on or after the
Commencement Date. Requirements for extensions, alterations and repairs to existing
Electrical Installations are covered under Regulation 3.2

[Note: where the design of an Electrical Installation has been completed before the Commencement
Date of these Regulations, advice must be sought from the Distribution Company before construction
is commenced.]

1.4.4 For Electrical Installations constructed before the date of commencement (1 January 2008),
the table in Appendix A4 lists those Clauses that either do not apply or that apply on the date
of their next inspection or re-certification.

1.4.5 These Regulations shall be enforced by the relevant Distribution Company in the Emirate of
Abu Dhabi, in accordance with Distribution Company relevant procedures approved by the
DoE, which shall be published by the Distribution Company on their official website.

1.4.6 Compliance with these Regulations requires compliance with other relevant technical
standards, see Regulation 3.1, References to British Standards or other standards means the
current edition of the standard cited or its replacement. For existing Electrical Installations
Clause 1.4.4 applies.

1.4.7 Failure to comply with these Regulations, or any part thereof, shall be deemed as contrary to
the Law and subject to punishment by the imposition of a fine and/or administrative sanction.
Any such failures will be addressed in accordance with the Law and Part 15 of these
regulations. Action may be taken against any Distribution Company, Customer, Owner,
Licensed Contractor or other person to which these Regulations apply.

1.4.8 Relaxation of any of the requirements of the Regulations shall be raised to the DoE for
approval via a written request from any Distribution Company, Customer, Owner, Licensed
Contractor or other person. Such requests may be referred to a dispensation panel
established for such purpose by the DoE.

[Note: relaxation requests from a Customer, Owner, Licensed Contractor or other person must be
directed to the relevant Distribution Company in the first instance for assessment by the Distribution
Company in accordance with the procedures published by the Company.]

1.4.9 In the event of a dispute between any parties mentioned in Clause 1.4.1, the matter may be
referred to the DoE to advise a solution or recommended action. This does not preclude any
party referring a matter to the relevant Court of Abu Dhabi.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 13 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

1.4.10 These Regulations and the rights and duties of any parties thereunder shall be governed by,
construed and applied in accordance with, the Laws of Abu Dhabi Emirate and the Federal
Laws of the UAE as applied by the Courts of Abu Dhabi.

1.4.11 These Regulations may be amended or revoked by the DoE at any time.

1.4.12 Nothing in these Regulations is intended to conflict with, or affect the operation of any
relevant existing Federal or Abu Dhabi Law, Regulation, Decree, Order or other Ordinance.

1.4.13 Where a conflict appears to exist between these Regulations and other regulations, codes,
or any governmental legislation, the matter should be referred to DoE for a binding decision
in accordance with Part 14 of these Regulations.

1.5 Responsibility for Implementation

1.5.1 All parties mentioned in Clause 1.4.1 are responsible for implementing this document.

1.6 References

Refer to Appendix A2 Recommended Books and references

Refer to Appendix A3 Reference standards

1.7 Distribution
Soft copy of these regulations is available on DoE website

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 14 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

2 Definitions
2.1 Interpretation
2.1.1 Words defined in this Part begin with capital letters when used in the Regulations. For example,
“all Earth Conductors within Premises shall be ...”.

2.1.2 Terms in common use are not defined here and normal dictionary definitions apply (e.g. circuit
breaker, plug, and conduit).

2.1.3 Words and expressions other than those defined in these Regulations which are defined in the
Law or in Law No (2), shall have the meanings ascribed to them in these laws.

2.1.4 Words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or the singular number
respectively.

2.1.5 Unless otherwise specified, days shall mean calendar days.

2.2 Definitions

Accessory: a device, other than current-using equipment, associated with an Electrical Installation.

Appliance: an item of current-using equipment.

Arm’s Reach: a zone of accessibility to touch, extending from any point on a surface where a
person may stand or move about, to the limits which such person may reach without assistance (i.e.
without any tool or ladder, etc.). Such a distance may be taken as 2.5m height from the standing
surface, and 1.25m horizontally from the standing position.

Cable Tray: a cable support consisting of a continuous base with raised edges and no covering. A
Cable Tray is considered to be perforated where more than 30% of the material is removed from
the base.

Cable Trunking: a manufactured enclosure for the protection of cables, normally of rectangular
cross-section, of which one side is removable or hinged.

Category 1 Circuit: a Circuit (other than a fire alarm or emergency lighting Circuit) operating at LV.

Category 2 Circuit: a Circuit (other than a fire alarm or emergency lighting Circuit)
which supplies telecommunications equipment (such as telephones, intruder alarms, data
transmission, call bells, etc.).

Category 3 Circuit: a fire alarm or emergency lighting Circuit

Charging Modes: An operating mode in which energy transfer from a power source to the Electrical
Vehicle’s (EV) battery; below are related definitions:
(a) Mode-1: Connection of the EV to the AC supply network utilising standardised socket-
outlets not exceeding 16A and not exceeding a nominal supply Voltage of 230V AC

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 15 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

single-phase or 400V AC three-phase, at the supply side, and utilizing the power and
Circuit Earth Conductors (according to BS EN 61851-1). Mode 1 charging period is
relatively long, typically 6 to 8 hours.

(b) Mode-2: Connection of the EV to the AC supply network utilising standardised socket-
outlets not exceeding 32A and not exceeding a nominal Voltage of 230V AC single-phase
or 400V AC three-phase, at the supply side, and utilizing the power and Circuit Earth
Conductors together with a Control Pilot function and system of personnel protection
against electric shock (RCD) between the EV and the plug or as part of the In-Cable
Control Box and protection device for mode-2 charging of electric road vehicles (IC-CPD)
complying with IEC 62752 standard or other similar standards.

(c) Mode-3: Connection of the EV to the AC supply network utilising dedicated EVSE and a
charging cable assembly. The control pilot cable of the charging cable assembly allows
communication between the EVSE and the On-Board Charger of an EV platform functions
including verification of connection with the EV, continuous checking of Circuit Earth
Conductor integrity, energisation and de-energisation of the supply and selection of
charging rate. The charging equipment are typically in the form of charging posts or wall
mounted charging units, and come in a variety of current ratings e.g. 13A, 16A,32A and
250A.

(d) Mode-4: Connection of the EV to the AC supply network utilising an Off-Board Charger
where the Control Pilot function extends to control equipment permanently connected to
the AC supply. In this Mode, Direct Current Electrical Power is delivered to the vehicle. In
Mode-4 either a single-phase or three phase AC is converted to AC within the EVSE.
Such charging equipment units are considered not to be suitable for domestic Electrical
Installations due to the higher Voltages and currents used (typically, 500V, 125A).

Circuit: a set of phase and neutral conductors installed as a group to supply power to a location
and which originate from one Protective Device. The following are related definitions:

(a) Ring Circuit: a Circuit which is wired from a single Protective Device, being run through
an area to be supplied (via appropriate socket-outlets, switched flex outlets, etc.) and
returning back to the same Protective Device, thus forming an electrically continuous
loop;
(b) Radial Circuit: a Circuit which is wired in a ‘radial’ or ‘branch’ configuration,
emanating from a Protective Device, to the area to be supplied;
(c) Final Circuit: a Circuit which directly supplies Appliances (normally via socket-outlets,
switched flex outlets, isolators, ceiling roses, etc.); and
Distribution Circuit: a Circuit connecting between Distribution Boards (may also be referred to
as a ‘sub-Circuit’).

Class I Equipment: equipment which includes a means for connection of Exposed-Conductive-

Parts of the equipment to the Earth Conductor, thus providing protection against electric shock in
case of failure of the basic insulation of the equipment or other fault condition.

Class II Equipment: equipment which does not include a means for connection to an Earth
Conductor, and which provides supplementary insulation in addition to the basic insulation of the
equipment such that a breakdown of the basic insulation will not present a dangerous Voltage on

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 16 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Exposed-Conductive-Parts (also known as Double Insulated Equipment). Class II Equipment is

required to comply with BS 2754. See Appendix A18(b).

Class III Equipment: equipment in which protection against electric shock relies on supply at SELV
and in which Voltages higher than SELV are not generated in the equipment, see BS 2754.

Competency Licence: a specific licence issued by a Distribution Company to a Licenced Contractor

assessed as competent for work on LV Electrical Installations

Connected Load: the aggregate load of Appliances and other electrical equipment at a Premises,
summated using the method described under Clause 3.2.7. See Guidance note G2.

Control Pilot: The control conductor in the charging cable assembly connecting the In-Cable Control
Box or the fixed part of the charging facilities, and the EV earth through the control circuitry on the
vehicle. It may be used to perform several functions.

Customer: any person, corporate body, or company who has an agreement with a Distribution
Company for the supply of electricity.

Connection Point (CP): the point which defines the boundary between the Owner’s Electrical
Installation installed at a Premises and the main cable or equipment owned by the Distribution
Company.

Danger: risk of injury to people or animals from fire, electric shock, burns, explosion or from
mechanical movement of electrically controlled equipment, or the risk of damage to property.

Direct Contact: the contact with electricity by a person (accidental or otherwise) through the phase
or neutral conductors of an Electrical Installation or Appliance, leading to an electric shock, see
Guidance note G4(a).

Distribution Company: a company or body holding a distribution licence, granted by the DoE,
pursuant to the Law.

Distribution Board: an assembly designed for housing isolation switches and Protective Devices
and for connecting multiple Circuits, including their associated neutral and Earth Conductors. The
following are related definitions:

(a) Main Distribution Board (MDB): the Distribution Board which accepts the main
incoming LV supply from the Distribution Company or Owner’s transformer;
(b) Sub Main Distribution Board (SMDB): any Distribution Board which is neither a
Main Distribution Board nor a Final Distribution Board; and
(c) Final Distribution Board (FDB): a Distribution Board which supplies Final Circuits
only.

Diversified Load: the load at a Distribution Board, at the Electricity Intake or at any other point in
an Electrical Installation, calculated using diversity factors as illustrated in Guidance note G2.

DoE: the Department of Energy is the regulator for the Water, Wastewater and Electricity Sector

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 17 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi, as established under Law 11 of 2018.

Double Insulated Equipment: see Class II Equipment.

Earth: the conductive mass of Earth, whose electrical potential (Voltage) at any point is
conventionally taken as zero. The following are related definitions:
(a) Locally Earthed System (TT): a system of supply where the Owner provides a Main
Earth Terminal for the Electrical Installation, which is connected to a sufficient number
of local Earth Electrodes to provide a maximum Earth Resistance measured at the
Owner’s Main Earth Terminal of not more than 10 Ohms.

(b) Distribution Company Earthed System (TN-S): a system of supply where the
Distribution Company provides a connection to the Owner’s Main Earth Terminal,
using the distribution network Earthing System

Earthing or Earthed: a general term used to describe the connection of conductive parts of an
Electrical Installation or an Appliance to Earth.

Earth Conductor: a conductor used to connect Exposed- Conductive-Parts of an Electrical

Installation and associated Appliances to Earth, and providing a means for the safe passage of
earth fault current. This includes the following defined terms:

(a) Main Earth Conductor (MEC): conductors connected between Earth Electrodes and
Main Earth Terminals; and

(b) Circuit Earth Conductor (CEC): conductors connecting all Circuits emanating from
Main Distribution Boards, Sub Main Distribution Boards, Final Distribution Boards
including Circuits connecting to equipment and Appliances. Outside these Regulations,
these may also be known as the Circuit Protective Conductor (CPC) or Earth Continuity
Conductor (ECC).

Earth Electrode: a conductor or group of conductors in intimate contact with Earth, providing an
electrical connection to Earth, and normally having a known and measurable value of Earth
Resistance

Earthed Equipotential Bonding (EEB): the connection of Extraneous-Conductive-Parts within

Premises using designated conductors such that potential Touch Voltages are kept to a safe
value during the passage of earth fault current (also known outside these Regulations as ‘PME
Bonding’). This definition includes the following:

(a) Main Equipotential Bonding: the connection of major Extraneous- Conductive-

Parts, such as pipe services and metallic structures, at their point of entry into a
premises to the Main Earth Terminal in an Electrical Installation, using designated
conductors; and

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 18 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

(b) Supplementary Equipotential Bonding the connection of Extraneous- Conductive-

Parts with each other or with Exposed-Conductive-Parts within an area where such
parts are simultaneously accessible to persons, such that the potential Touch Voltage
during an earth fault is kept to safe limits.

[Note: for disconnection times greater than 0.4 Sec, a safe Touch Voltage limit may be taken as 50V for
dry conditions and 25V for wet conditions.]

Earthed Equipotential Bonded System (EEBS): a system where protection against electric
shock due to Indirect Contact is achieved by the provision of Earthed Equipotential Bonding
conductors, in association with Protective Devices for the automatic disconnection of supply.

Earth Leakage Protection (ELP): the provision of protection against electric shock due to Indirect
Contact by the use of RCDs or other sensitive earth leakage Protective Devices which
automatically disconnect the supply sufficiently quickly so as to prevent Danger to persons.

Earth Leakage Protected System (ELPS): a system of supply where Earth Leakage Protection
is provided on Final Circuits and an additional ELP is provided at the Electricity Intake.

Earth Resistance: the resistance (in Ohms) from any point on an Electrical Installation to Earth,
being measured using an approved testing device and approved procedure.

Earth Fault Loop Impedance (Zs): the total impedance presented to an earth fault current,
comprising the impedance of the following parts of a system, illustrated in Appendix A5(g):

(a) the Circuit Earth Conductor;

(b) the Main Earth Terminal;

(c) the main Earth Conductors connecting to Earth Electrodes or the Distribution
Company Earth;
(d) the path of earth fault current through the general mass of Earth, or through the
conductors or Earth sheath or armouring of the Distribution Company cable;
(e) the neutral Earth connection(s) of the Distribution Company;
(f) the distribution transformer winding; and
(g) the phase conductor of the Circuit back to the point of fault.

Electric Vehicle (EV): Any vehicle propelled by an electric motor drawing current from a
rechargeable storage battery or from other portable energy storage devices (rechargeable, using
energy from a source off the vehicle such as a residential or public electricity services), which is
manufactured primarily for use on public streets, roads or highways such as battery electric
vehicles, hybrid vehicles, plug-in hybrid vehicles, and extended rang electrical vehicles.

Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE): Conductors, including the phase, neutral and Circuit
Earth Conductors, the EV couplers, attachment plugs, and all other accessories, devices, power
outlets or apparatuses installed specifically for the purpose of delivering energy from the Premises
wiring to the EV and allowing communication between them if required. Example: wall-box unit and
charging pole.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 19 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Electricity Intake: a term used to describe the location or room housing the Main Distribution
Board and/or the main cable and equipment owned by a Distribution Company to which the
Electrical Installation of the Premises is connected via a defined Connection Point.

Electrical Installation: an Electrical Installation comprises any fixed or temporary cable,

switchgear or other electrical equipment or apparatus within a Premises or other place where
there is an electricity supply (including outdoor locations). Fixed or portable electrical Appliances
are not considered part of the Electrical Installation, although these Regulations do include
requirements for the connection of Appliances (e.g. plugs and socket-outlets).

Electrical Installation Certificate: a certificate in the format indicated in these Regulations

which is issued by a Licensed Contractor after completion of work on an Electrical Installation and
provided to the Customer or Owner of the Premises

Electricity Distribution Code: a code prepared and maintained by the Distribution Companies
detailing technical parameters and other requirements relating to the connection and the use of
the distribution networks owned and operated by the Distribution Companies.

Exposed-Conductive-Part: a conductive part of an Electrical Installation or Appliance which can

be touched by persons and which is not normally live but may become live due to a fault
condition. Exposed-Conductive-Parts are required to be connected to Earth, see Regulation 6.6.

Extraneous-Conductive-Part: a conductive part, structure or any metalwork within a Premises

which is not part of, and is unrelated to, the Electrical Installation and which is not designed to carry
current, but which may become live due to a fault condition. Extraneous-Conductive-Parts are
required to be connected to Earth for Electrical Installations or parts of Electrical Installations
classified as Earthed Equipotential Bonded Systems, see Regulation 5.5.

Extra-Low Voltage (ELV): see Voltage.

Final Circuit: see Circuit

Functional Earth: an Earth or Earthing system which is provided for special functions (such as
reduction of radio frequency interference, noise filtering for computers, etc.) and which is separate
from other Earth Conductors in an Electrical Installation but is connected to the Main Earth Terminal.

High Voltage (HV): see Voltage.

In-Cable Control Box: A device incorporated in the charging cable assembly, which performs control
functions and safety functions. Such functions include RCD, over-current, over-temperature, and
protective Earth detection.

Indirect Contact: contact of a person with electricity through Exposed-Conductive-Parts of an

Electrical Installation or Appliance, or through Extraneous-Conductive-Parts in a Premises which
have become live during fault conditions, see Guidance note G4(b).

Law: means Law No (2) of 1998 and Law (11) of 2018 Concerning the Regulation of the Water,
Wastewater and Electricity Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi (as amended).

Licensed Contractor: a person, entity or company, which has been assessed by the Distribution
Company as competent to work on Electrical Installations and issued a Competency Licence by
that Distribution Company.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 20 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Low Voltage: see Voltage.

Luminaire: equipment which is designed to house one or more electric lamps and which may
include diffusers, fixtures, transformers and auxiliary Circuits but is taken to exclude the lamps
themselves. Outside of these Regulations, a Luminaire may commonly be referred to as a ‘light
fitting’.

Main Distribution Board: see Distribution Board.

Main Earth Terminal (MET): the main Connection Point at which the nominal value of Earth
Resistance for an Electrical Installation is taken, and to which Earth Conductors from Earth
Electrodes or the Distribution Company Earth are connected. This will normally be at or close to
the Connection Point.

Marina: a facility for the mooring of Leisure Crafts which has fixed wharves, jetties, piers or a
pontoon arrangement capable of berthing one or more Leisure Craft. The following are related
definitions:

Leisure Craft: a boat, vessel, yacht, motor launch, houseboat or other floating craft used
exclusively for sport or leisure; and

Pedestal: an electrical service enclosure providing electricity connection to Leisure Crafts in

Marinas.

Off-Board Charger: Charger connected to the Premises wiring of the AC supply network (mains)
and designed to operate entirely off the vehicle. In this case, direct current electrical power is
delivered to the vehicle (e.g. Mode 4).

On-Board Charger: Charger mounted on the vehicle and designed to operate only on the vehicle.

Owner: the legal owner of the Premises in which an Electrical Installation is installed

Premises: any occupied or unoccupied land, structure, building, enclosure or other place. Such
locations include, but are not limited to, apartments, villas, offices, shops, warehouses, hotels,
commercial complexes, leisure complexes, public buildings, parks and public realm, farms,
temporary Electrical Installations, entertainment arenas, construction sites, tents, outbuildings,
caravans, roadway lighting and traffic signs.

Prospective Fault Current: the value of current that would flow due to a short-circuit fault of
negligible impedance between live phase conductors, or between phase conductors and Earth.
The maximum Prospective Fault Current for an Electrical Installation is normally taken at the
Connection Point.

Protective Device: a device installed at the start of a Circuit which will automatically disconnect
the input of electricity in the event of a fault or overload occurring on that Circuit. Such devices
include, but are not limited to, fuses, fuse links, miniature circuit breakers (MCB), moulded case
circuit- breakers (MCCB) and Residual Current Devices (RCD).

PV: photovoltaic. The following are related definitions:

(a) AC side: part of a PV installation from the AC terminals of the PV Inverter to the point of
connection of the PV supply cable to the Electrical Installation;

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 21 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

(b) Array: mechanically and electrically integrated assembly of PV Modules, and other
necessary components, to form a d.c. power supply unit;

(c) Array Junction Box: enclosure where PV Strings of any PV Array are electrically
connected and where devices can be located;

(d) DC side: part of a PV installation from a PV cell to the DC terminals of the PV Inverter;

(e) Inverter: device which converts DC voltage and DC current into AC voltage and AC current;

(f) Module: smallest completely environmental protected assembly of interconnected PV

cells;

(g) Open Circuit Voltage, Voc: voltage under standard test conditions across unloaded
(open) PV Module, PV String, PV generator, or on the d.c. side of the PV Inverter;

(h) Short Circuit Current, Isc: short circuit current of a PV Module, PV String, PV Array or PV
generator under standard test conditions; and

(i) String: Circuit in which PV Modules are connected in series, in order for a PV Array to
generate the required output voltage.

Radial Circuit: see Circuit.

Residual Current Device (RCD): a Protective Device which is installed to automatically isolate
the supply to a Circuit or Distribution Board when the vector sum of currents in the phase and
neutral conductors reaches a pre-set value (referred to as the residual operating current or
residual current rating).

Ring Circuit: see Circuit.

Sub Main Distribution Board: see Distribution Board.

Touch Voltage: the Voltage that would appear during an earth fault condition between Exposed-
Conductive-Parts and Extraneous-Conductive-Parts which are simultaneously accessible to
persons.

[Note: this term is used only in connection with protection against Indirect Contact and is not used to
refer to Direct Contact with electricity. The seriousness of impact of Touch Voltage on a person will
depend on the body resistance and the immediate surroundings, in particular the presence of water. See
Guidance note G4(h) and G5(b).

Vehicle Coupler: Means of enabling the manual connection of a flexible cable to an EV for the
purpose of charging.

Vehicle Connector: Part of a Vehicle Coupler integral with, or intended to be attached to, the
flexible cable connected to the AC supply network (mains).

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 22 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Vehicle Inlet: Part of a Vehicle Coupler incorporated in, or fixed to, the EV or intended to be fixed
to it.

Voltage:

(a) High Voltage (HV): an AC voltage greater than Low Voltage and less than
36kV between phases or 21kV between any phase and Earth (internationally
referred to as Medium Voltage);

(b) Low Voltage (LV): an AC voltage below 1000V between phases, or below 600V between
any phase and Earth or; a DC voltage below 1500V between conductors, or below 900V
between any conductor and Earth;

(c) Extra-Low Voltage (ELV): a voltage not exceeding 50V AC or 120V DC whether
between live conductors or between live conductors and Earth;

(d) Separated Extra-Low Voltage (SELV): an Extra- Low Voltage system which is
electrically separated from Earth in such a way that a single fault cannot give rise to the
risk of electric shock;

(e) Protective Extra-Low Voltage (PELV): a system which has the same features as SELV
except that connection of Exposed-Conductive-Parts to Earth is allowed; and

(f) Reduced Low Voltage (RLV): a voltage which doesn’t not exceed 55V AC between
phase and Earth or 110V AC between phases.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 23 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

3. General principles and safety requirements

3.1 Technical standards, materials and workmanship
3.1.1 These Regulations provide guidelines and technical standards which are consistent with the
principles contained in BS 7671:2018 (also known as the IET Wiring Regulations 18th Edition).
Where any provision in these Regulations contradicts any provision in BS 7671, the
requirements, standards or specifications under these Regulations shall apply.
[Note: these Regulations are in some aspects more prescriptive than BS 7671, and take account of the
physical environment of Abu Dhabi Emirate, as well as the typical skills and language diversity in the
region.]

3.1.2 Where a provision or technical requirement is not covered by these Regulations, BS 7671 may
be used as a guideline or specification, with prior approval from the Distribution Company and
the DoE.

3.1.3 All material used in Electrical Installations shall be of good quality and installed in a neat and
orderly manner.

3.1.4 All materials and equipment used in electrical installations shall comply with relevant
international standards which shall be mainly BS (British Standards) or IEC (International
Electrotechnical Commission) standards, as referenced in these Regulations. Other
international standards may be used, in particular where none are specified in these
Regulations, with the prior approval of the Distribution Company and the DoE if required. A list
of BS and IEC standards applying to the main types of equipment is given in Appendix A3.

3.1.5 The Distribution Company may issue specifications and requirements in relation to these
Regulations, which will be endorsed or approved by the DoE, and provided to interested parties
on request. The Distribution Company shall ensure that any such specifications or
requirements are consistent with these Regulations, unless otherwise approved by the DoE.

3.1.6 Reference must be made, where relevant, to UAE or Gulf standards which may be issued from
time to time by the Emirates Standardization and Metrology Authority (ESMA).

3.2 Approval of Electrical Installations

3.2.4 Any Owner requiring a new connection or alteration to an existing connection must make an
application to the Distribution Company using the appropriate forms and procedures published
by the Company.

3.2.5 The design of an Electrical Installation must be approved by the Distribution Company before
commencement of construction. Details of the design must be submitted, together with
appropriate calculations and wiring diagrams, using the standard symbols shown in Appendix
A11.

[Note: even though the relevant Distribution Company approves the design of Electrical Installations, this
does not relieve the Owner and associated Licensed Contractor from the obligation to fully comply with
these Regulations.]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 24 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

3.2.6 For large developments, the Owner may, with the prior approval of the DoE and the Distribution
Company, enter into an undertaking with the Distribution Company to the effect that all parts
of an Electrical Installation downstream from the Connection Point shall comply with these
Regulations. Any such approval, including as to the form of undertaking, will be at the discretion
of the DoE and the Distribution Company. If given, the Owner will not be required to submit
details of the Electrical Installation design to the Distribution Company for prior approval. A
decision by the DoE and the Distribution Company to allow the Owner to self-certify the design
of an Electrical Installation shall not have any bearing on any inspection of the Electrical
Installation by the Distribution Company, and the Owner shall rectify any non-compliance
identified by the Distribution Company (either in the pre-energisation inspection or upon any
other inspection) at its own cost and within the timeframes specified by the Distribution
Company or set out in these Regulations.

3.2.7 Notwithstanding Clause 3.2.3, in all instances the Owner, designer and associated Licensed
Contractor are responsible for ensuring that the design, construction and installation of
Electrical Installations complies with these Regulations.

3.2.8 New Electrical Installations must be inspected and tested by the Distribution Company in
accordance with the requirements of Chapter 8 of these Regulations, prior to and upon
energisation.

3.2.9 The Distribution Company may, where appropriate, seek evidence of compliance against
relevant standards of equipment and components used in the Electrical Installation.

3.2.10 The Owner must provide an estimate of the Connected Load at the Premises, including at each
Distribution Board. In addition, the Diversified Load for the whole Premises and at each
Distribution Board, must be calculated by the Owner’s appointed Licensed Contractor (i.e.
design engineer or other qualified person) and submitted in the format given in Appendix
A20(e), see Guidance note G2.

3.2 Extensions, alterations and repairs

3.3.1 No extension or alteration to an Electrical Installation may be made without prior notification to
the Distribution Company or without approval, testing and certification in accordance with
Regulation 3.2.

3.3.2 All extensions or alterations to an existing Electrical Installation must comply with the
requirements of these Regulations.

3.3.3 Notwithstanding Clause 3.3.1 and 3.3.2, repairs to existing Electrical Installations may be made
using standards of equipment compliant with the original Electrical Installation, but limited to
work of an essential nature on a like-for-like basis. Work on any part of the Electrical Installation
other than Final Circuits, including any Distribution Board and any items at the Electricity Intake,
must be notified to the Distribution Company.

3.3.4 Any proposed increase greater than 10% of the total Connected Load at a Premise, or greater
than 10% of the Connected Load at any Distribution Board, must be approved by the Distribution
Company.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 25 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

3.4 Licensed Contractors

3.4.1 Work on Electrical Installations may only be carried out by Licensed Contractors who have been
assessed and approved by the Distribution Company.

3.4.2 The process for approval of Licensed Contractors shall be published by the Distribution
Company as amended from time to time subject to DoE approval.

3.4.3 A register of Licensed Contractors shall be kept up-to-date by the Distribution Company and
provided on request to any person.

3.5 Requirements for safety

3.5.1 The provisions of these Regulations require that all Electrical Installations are designed and
constructed so as to ensure the safety of all persons who may operate, maintain or otherwise
use or be affected by any part of an Electrical Installation. In addition to the requirements
detailed under the relevant sections of these Regulations, the following general safety principles
shall apply.

[Note: these Regulations do not include detailed requirements for the maintenance of Electrical
Installations. However, the maintainability of Electrical Installations must be adequately catered for in
their design and construction. In addition, the requirements for periodic inspection and testing, as detailed
in Part 8, may give rise to the need for maintenance and repair work.]

3.5.2 All parts of an Electrical Installation shall be designed and constructed so as to prevent Danger.

3.5.3 All parts of an Electrical Installation shall be sufficiently sized and rated to safely carry out the
function for which they are required.

3.5.4 All parts of an Electrical Installation shall be insulated appropriately according to the function
they serve and in consideration of the expected operating environment, so as to prevent Danger.

[Note: for areas classified as explosive or flammable, the requirements of BS EN 60079 shall be
satisfied.]

3.5.5 All Exposed-Conductive-Parts of an Electrical Installation and of Appliances must be connected

to Earth via appropriate Earth Conductors, so as to protect against electric shock, see
Regulation 6.6.

3.5.6 Except in specified circumstances, all Electrical Installations shall be provided with Earth
Leakage Protection at the source of supply, at all Final Circuits and at other appropriate points.
In addition, Earth Equipotential Bonding shall be provided, see Clause 5.3.4.

3.5.7 All Electrical Installations must be protected against damage caused by excess current due to
a fault or overload by suitable Protective Devices, see Regulation 5.2.

3.5.8 All Electrical Installations must be provided with a means of isolating the electricity supply at
suitable sections, subsections and Circuits, and at points where Appliances are used, see
Regulation 5.6.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 26 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

3.5.9 All parts of an Electrical Installation must be suitably located so as to provide safe access for
operation, maintenance and repair and must be protected against accidental or deliberate
interference or damage.

3.5.10 Electrical Installations must be designed and constructed with particular consideration given
to the risk of fire due to electrical faults and the propagation of fire through parts of the
Electrical Installation. See Clauses 6.1.1(c), 7.2.4, 7.4.5, 7.4.15, 7.5.3, 7.5.4, 8.2.1(g) and
11.2.1.

3.5.11 All Electrical Installations must be inspected and tested at the time of first commissioning and
at regular intervals thereafter to ensure ongoing safety, as detailed under Part 8 of these
Regulations.

3.5.12 Inspection and testing of Electrical Installations must be carried out by suitably qualified and
competent persons with due skill and care to avoid Danger to persons, property and installed
equipment.

3.5.13 Additional requirements for safety in special locations are covered in Part 9.

3.6 Labelling and identification

3.6.1 Electrical Installations at the Electricity Intake room must be suitably labelled so as to give
information on the electricity supply parameters, the source of supply, location in relation to
other Electrical Installations, assets ownership, authorised personnel contact details and any
special precautions to be taken. See example in Appendix A12(a).

[Note: special precautions would include information on other sources of electricity such as local
generation or interconnection with other Premises.]

3.6.2 The means of isolation from all sources of electricity must be clearly labelled and accessible
to authorised persons, see Regulation 5.6.

3.6.3 The provision of Earth Leakage Protection (as required under Clause 5.3.4) must be clearly
indicated at appropriate isolation points, including a notice informing Owners of the need for
regular testing of RCD devices, see Appendix A12(c).

3.6.4 Individual Circuits (including neutral and Earth Conductors) must be identified by numbering
at the source end and where appropriate, at intervals along the route, see Guidance note
G7(f).

3.6.5 For non-domestic Electrical Installations, all Accessories and fittings must be marked with
Circuit identification numbers.

[Note: Circuit identification numbers must indicate the Distribution Board from which an Accessory or
fitting is supplied, and may be fixed externally or internally, i.e. either outside or inside cover plates.]

3.6.6 Load distribution schedules, as shown in Appendix A20(e), must be provided at each
Distribution Board. An overall wiring diagram showing the Connection Point(s), the location
and interconnection of Distribution Boards must be provided at the Electricity Intake.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 27 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

3.6.7 Where parts of an Electrical Installation are accessible or visible to the general public they
must be labelled with a warning: “LIVE – 230/400 VOLTS – DANGER OF DEATH” or
similar wording. This warning must be written in English and Arabic, see example in Appendix
A12(a). However, parts of Final Circuits and other points of normal use may be excluded
from this requirement.

3.7 Environmental conditions

3.7.1 All parts of an Electrical Installation must be suitably designed, constructed and maintained
so as to operate safely and carry out their designed function in the expected operating
environment. The following environmental conditions may be used as a guide if no other
special factors apply:
(a) maximum ground temperature (at 1m depth): 35˚C;
(b) soil resistivity: according to local conditions;
(c) weather: mainly sunny, occasional fog (causing condensation on outdoor equipment),
and occasional sandstorms;
(d) air quality: frequently dusty, corrosive in coastal areas;
(e) maximum humidity: 100%; and
(f) maximum ambient (air) temperatures:
- outdoor (shaded): 50˚C
- outdoor (unshaded): temperature rise due to solar gain must be calculated for the
relevant equipment or the maximum ‘black bulb’ temperature may be used (typically 10
˚C above ambient temperature)
- indoor (not air conditioned): 40˚C
- indoor (air conditioned): 30˚C

[Note: in some situations, the ambient temperature for indoor non-air-conditioned situations may reach
the outdoor shaded temperature e.g. a small prefabricated building with little ventilation, or a garage
which is open to the atmosphere.]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 28 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

4 Electricity parameters and Electricity Intake

4.1 Electricity parameters
4.1.1 The parameters for electricity supplies provided in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi are defined in
the Electricity Supply Regulations, issued by the DoE.

Voltage and frequency

4.1.2 The nominal Voltage at LV shall be 230V single-phase or 400V three-phase.

4.1.3 The permissible variation from the nominal Voltage shall be kept within + 10% and - 6%.

4.1.4 The nominal frequency shall be 50Hz.

Harmonics, voltage disturbances and power factor

4.1.5 Electrical Installations and the use of electrical equipment therein, must be designed to avoid
the generation of disturbances in the electricity supply voltage. These may include voltage
fluctuations, voltage dips, voltage unbalance and harmonics, which are of a magnitude that
adversely affects the Customers of the Distribution Company.

4.1.6 The permitted limits of such disturbances are given in the Electricity Distribution Code, Annex
1. Owners will be required to install filters or other equipment to mitigate against such
disturbances that are outside the permitted limits (as explained in the Electricity Distribution
Code).

4.1.7 The power factor at the Connection Point between the Distribution Company and the Owner’s
Electrical Installation shall be maintained between 0.9 lagging and unity. Power factor
correction equipment must be used where required to achieve this value, see Part 10.

Prospective Fault Current

4.1.8 The maximum three-phase Prospective Fault Current at LV shall be 46kA (1 Sec) at the LV
busbar of the Distribution Company’s HV/LV substation, or 30kA (1 Sec) at a LV feeder
pillar, or 25kA (1 Sec) at a LV service turret or such lower value as otherwise agreed between
the Distribution Company and the Owner.

4.2 Electricity Intake

4.2.1 The Electricity Intake must be positioned in a dedicated room or housing and would typically
be made from concrete block, brick or similar construction.

[Note: where prefabricated enclosures are used, the enclosures must be verified in accordance with
the relevant international standards and be approved by the Distribution Company prior to installation.]

4.2.2 Other than in exceptional circumstances, and with prior approval from the Distribution
Company, there shall be only one Electricity Intake for any Premises.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 29 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

4.2.3 The Electricity Intake must be positioned in an area which is readily accessible to Distribution
Company staff and other authorised persons, particularly in an emergency, and must be at or
close to the outside perimeter of a Premises.

4.2.4 The Electricity Intake must not be positioned in an area controlled by one of the tenants in a
multi-occupancy building.

4.2.5 Equipment at the Electricity Intake must be located in a safe and accessible position, and kept
clear of obstructions at all times.

4.2.6 The use of Electricity Intake rooms as storage rooms for any tools, equipment or other
materials is prohibited.

4.2.7 The Electricity Intake must not be located on the reverse side of a bathroom or kitchen wall,
or below a bathroom or kitchen. The Electricity Intake must not be located below any water
services or pipes, such as mains water supply, drainage systems, storage tanks, air
conditioning chillers, or other liquids or hazardous materials.

4.2.8 The Electricity Intake room must be well ventilated, preferably without the need for forced air
circulation. Where air conditioning is required in the Electricity Intake room, the requirement
for fresh air circulation must also be provided to avoid condensation.

[Note: consideration must be given to the relevant UAE fire code requirements.]

4.2.9 At least one emergency lighting unit must be fitted in all Electricity Intake rooms, which must
be provided with a battery rated for minimum 3 hours’ illumination, and subject to adequate
routine maintenance.

4.2.10 Doors to Electricity Intake rooms must be arranged to open outwards, be kept free from
obstructions, and be capable of being opened from the inside without the use of a key.

4.2.11 The need for delivery of heavy equipment to the Electricity Intake room during construction
and for future repair or alterations must be taken into account in the location of the Electricity
Intake room.

4.2.12 For Electricity Intake rooms greater than 6 m in length, more than one door shall be provided
as a means of emergency access.

4.2.13 Electrical Installation layouts and minimum sizes of the Electricity Intake are given in Appendix
A12(b) and A12(d).

4.2.14 For large Electrical Installations, the Electricity Intake may contain one or more LV
switchboards, the requirements for which are given in Regulation 7.9.

4.2.15 Where a HV/LV substation is required within the Premises, the design and construction
requirements for the substation will be specified by the Distribution Company.

4.3 The Connection Point

4.3.1 Equipment at the Connection Point must be locked or sealed by the Distribution Company to
prevent deliberate or accidental interference. Such locks or seals will include those for
metering equipment, etc.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 30 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

4.3.2 The Owners’ Main Distribution Board must always include a means of emergency isolation in
the case of a fault or breakdown (e.g. main circuit breaker) which is readily accessible and
clearly labelled so as to be easily operated by the Owner. Such means of emergency isolation
must be left unlocked at all times, except when locked in the open position to allow access to
the Electrical Installation (e.g. for maintenance).

4.4 Multiple occupancy Premises

4.4.1 Individual Customers within multiple occupancy Premises may be supplied by the Premises
Owner’s Electrical Installation consisting of rising and lateral mains (cabling or busbars).
Rising and lateral mains will normally be owned and operated by the Premises Owner.

4.4.2 The electricity metering for individual Customers for a rising or lateral mains system will
normally be at the point nearest to each Customer, remote from the main Electricity Intake.

4.5 Metering requirements

4.5.1 The requirements for Customer metering are contained in the Customer Metering
Regulations, issued by the DoE. Additional detailed requirements and procedures will be
provided by the Distribution Company where required.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 31 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

5 Protection
5.1 General principles
5.1.1 All Electrical Installations and individual Circuits therein must be designed, constructed and
maintained to provide protection against the following:
(a) overload;
(b) short-circuits (phase to phase or phase to Earth); and
(c) electric shock (due to Direct or Indirect Contact with electricity).

5.1.2 Protection against conditions of overload and short-circuit will normally be provided by MCBs,
MCCBs or similar devices, see Regulation 5.2 .

5.1.3 Protection of persons against electric shock due to Direct Contact or Indirect Contact must be
provided by one of the methods detailed in Regulation 5.3.

[Note: see Guidance note G4(a) and G4(b) for explanation of Direct and Indirect Contact.]

5.2 Overload and short-circuit protection

5.2.1 All Electrical Installations and individual Circuits therein must be provided with devices that
protect against thermal, electromagnetic and other detrimental effects caused by overload
and short-circuits. Such devices must be located at suitable sections and Circuits so as to
give effective automatic disconnection in such conditions.

5.2.2 The main circuit-breaker at the Connection Point must be of MCCB or ACB type and
adequately rated for the maximum Prospective Fault Current.

5.2.3 All Circuits must be individually protected against overloads and short-circuits by suitable
devices. Replaceable or re-wireable fuse links are not permitted for this purpose.

5.2.4 The time-current performance characteristics of Protective Devices must conform to the
relevant reference standards listed in Appendix A3.

[Note: the time-current performance curves for MCBs are shown in Appendix A6(a) – (d).]

5.2.5 To ensure protection against overload, Circuit conductors must be sized taking into account
the time-current characteristic of the Protective Device.

[Note: see note 2 of Appendix A6(f).]

5.2.6 Protective Devices at the Main Distribution Board must have a Prospective Fault Current
withstand and interruption rating above the maximum Prospective Fault Current declared
by the Distribution Company for the relevant Connection Point.

5.2.7 Protective Devices downstream of the Main Distribution Board may have a reduced
Prospective Fault Current withstand and interruption rating, taking into account the ‘energy
let-through’ characteristic (I2t) of the upstream Protective Device, see Appendix A6(e). Where

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 32 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

appropriate, an allowance may also be made for the attenuation of Prospective Fault Current
due to the Circuit impedance.

5.3 Electric shock protection

Direct Contact

5.3.1 Protection of persons against the risk of Direct Contact with electricity must be provided by
either physically preventing contact or by an inherently safe systems of supply, using one or
more of the following measures:
(a) insulated conductors, see Regulation 5.7;
(b) secure enclosures, barriers or covers on live parts;
(c) Separate Extra-Low Voltage (SELV) system; or
(d) Protective Extra-Low Voltage (PELV) system.

[Note: SELV conductors at voltages of 12V AC or 30V DC may be un-insulated but must be provided
with overload and short-circuit protection.]

5.3.2 Residual Current Devices with a residual current rating of 30mA and complying with BS EN
61008 and BS IEC 1008 may be used as a means of supplementary protection against Direct
Contact. However, RCDs may not be used as the sole means of protection against Direct
Contact i.e. one of items (a) to (d) above must be used in addition to RCD protection.

[Note: RCD devices with a residual current rating above 30mA are not considered to provide adequate
protection against Direct Contact but may be used to provide protection against Indirect Contact – see
Regulation 5.4. It should be noted that RCD devices do not protect against electric shock between
phase conductors or between phase conductors and neutral.]

Indirect Contact

5.3.3 Indirect Contact with electricity can occur when a Voltage appears on Earthed parts of an
Electrical Installation or Appliance due to the passage of earth fault current and whilst a person
is in contact with either:
(a) an Exposed-Conductive-Part and an Extraneous-Conductive-Part; or
(b) an Exposed-Conductive-Part and Earth; or
(c) an Extraneous-Conductive-Part and Earth.

5.3.4 Protection against the risk of electric shock in the above cases must be provided by:
(a) an Earth Leakage Protected System, where RCDs or similar devices are provided at Final
Circuits and additional RCDs or other sensitive Earth Leakage Protection is provided at the
Electricity Intake, see Regulation 5.4; and
(b) an Earthed Equipotential Bonded System, see Regulation 5.5.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 33 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

[Note: short-circuit Protection Devices provide the primary means of clearance of earth faults within
0.4 Sec, which will require the Earth Fault Loop Impedance to be sufficiently low for this to occur. ELP
devices provide a secondary means of earth fault clearance.]

5.4 Earth Leakage Protected Systems

5.4.1 An Earth Leakage Protected System (ELPS) is defined as one where protection against
Indirect Contact is provided by the use of RCDs or other similar devices on all Final Circuits
and ELP is provided at the Electricity Intake. Such a system is required to automatically
disconnect the supply at a Final Circuit or at the Electricity Intake sufficiently quickly so as to
prevent Danger.

5.4.2 For Final Circuits, ELP devices must be of the RCD type whereby the device will trip if the
vector sum of currents carried by the phase and neutral conductors is above a pre-set value,
see Guidance note G5(c). Voltage-operated earth leakage devices (ELCB) are not permitted.

5.4.3 RCD devices for Final Circuits must have a time-current performance characteristic complying
with BS EN 61008 and BS IEC 1008. This requires that the device must operate within 200
milliseconds at its residual current rating and within 40 milliseconds at 5 times its residual
current rating. It must not operate below 50% of its residual current rating, see Guidance note
G5(a).

[Note: Earth Leakage Protection Devices provide protection against electric shock by limiting the time
that current may pass through the body of a person to Earth; they do not limit the magnitude of current,
except by the feature of early cut-off for a rising current. In addition, ELP devices provide protection
against ‘high resistance’ earth faults that may persist in an Electrical Installation if the fault current is
too low to operate overcurrent devices such as MCBs. Such faults may cause overheating of Circuits
or connections and lead to a fire.]

5.4.4 For Final Circuits which are liable to carry pulsating or DC currents, RCD devices must be of
type A (pulsating DC sensitivity) and for RCD devices requiring time-delayed operation, type
S devices must be used, see Guidance note G5(d).

5.4.5 Earth Leakage Protection provided at the Electricity Intake must be set to discriminate with
RCDs at Final Circuits (i.e. earth faults on Final Circuits must be automatically disconnected
by the closest RCD). See Appendix A5(m) and Guidance note G4(e).

[Note: such discrimination may be provided by time-delayed RCD’s, earth fault relays or other suitable
devices fitted at each incoming and outgoing Protective Device at the Electricity Intake.]

5.4.6 The operating current setting for ELP devices at the Electricity Intake must take into account
the nature of the Electrical Installation (e.g. commercial, industrial, etc.), the likelihood and
magnitude of earth fault currents, and the requirement for protection against Indirect Contact,
see Appendix A5(m) and Guidance note G4(f).

[Note: where the Electricity Intake consists of a multi-panel LV switchboard, the incoming and each
outgoing Protective Device of the LV switchboard should be fitted with ELP devices in order to limit the
extent of power interruptions. These ELP devices should provide full discrimination between the
upstream and downstream devices.]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 34 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

5.4.7 At each Distribution Board, or other point where a RCD is provided, a suitable label must be
affixed to inform the Owner of the characteristics and mode of operation of the device and the
need for routine testing, see Appendix A12(c).

5.4.8 For domestic Premises the residual current rating for RCDs must be no greater than 100mA
for Final Circuits supplying fixed equipment (e.g. lighting and air conditioning) and no greater
than 30mA for Final Circuits where Appliances may be used by persons (e.g. all socket-
outlets, all kitchen Appliances, other Appliances accessible to persons), and no greater than
30mA for all Circuits in a bathroom, see Regulation 9.3. A full list of applications and residual
current ratings is provided in Appendix A5(m).

5.4.9 Special Circuits within Premises, where there would be significant detriment or Danger from
the tripping of the Earth Leakage Protection, may be excluded from the zone of Earth Leakage
Protection. Such instances may include Circuits supplying data centres or fire protection
equipment or safety alarms (not security alarms) or unoccupied sites (such as
telecommunications stations, water pumping stations, etc.). All such cases must be
declared in the Electrical Installation Certificate for the site and approved by the Distribution
Company. In these cases, the requirements for an Earthed Equipotential Bonded System
must be met for the relevant Circuits, see Regulation 5.5.

[Note: Earth leakage alarm must be provided for Circuits which are excluded from the zone of Earth
Leakage Protection (e.g. an alarm does not cause tripping of the Circuit but gives an audible and visible
warning to appropriate persons in the Premises. This alarm should be transmitted back to the building
management system where fitted.]

5.4.10 Final Circuits with high Earth leakage currents (e.g. electronic equipment or industrial
machinery) may be provided with ELP devices with higher residual current ratings, up to
500mA. These must be clearly stated on the Electrical Installation Certificate.

5.4.11 Notwithstanding Clauses 5.4.9 and 5.4.10, all Circuits from which portable Appliances may
be used, or any outdoor equipment accessible to persons, must be provided with Earth
Leakage Protection devices with a residual current rating no greater than 30mA.

5.5 Earthed Equipotential Bonded Systems

5.5.1 An Earthed Equipotential Bonded System (EEBS) is defined as one where protection against
Indirect Contact is provided by the installation of Earthed Equipotential Bonding such that
Voltage rises between Exposed-Conductive-Parts and Extraneous-Conductive-Parts are kept
to a safe value for the duration of an earth fault (i.e. the time it takes for the relevant Protective
Device to trip).

[Note: an EEB system relies on the principle that all Exposed-Conductive-Parts and Extraneous-
Conductive-Parts which are accessible to persons are connected to the Main Earth Terminal and
therefore the prospective Touch Voltage between them is limited to a value which is safe when taking
into account the operating time of the relevant Protective Device. In addition, it is assumed that a
person cannot be in contact with Earth whilst touching any Conductive Part in a Premises – see
Guidance notes G4(b) and G4(h).]

5.5.2 For an EEB system, the operating characteristics of Protective Devices must limit the duration
of any earth fault to less than 0.4 Sec for all Circuits supplying an Electrical Installation.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 35 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

5.5.3 The most commonly used method for checking the prospective fault duration is by reference
to data on the limiting values of earth fault loop impedance for the Protective Device
concerned. For MCBs this is provided in Appendix A5(h), taken from BS 7671.

5.5.4 Main Equipotential Bonding Conductors must be installed from the Main Earth Terminal to
connect metallic service pipes and other Extraneous-Conductive-Parts at points closest to the
entry of such parts to a Premise. See Guidance notes G4(c).

5.5.5 In high risk areas, Supplementary Equipotential Bonding must be provided so that the Touch
Voltage between Exposed-Conductive-Parts and Extraneous-Conductive- Parts is kept to
safe limits for the duration of an earth fault.

[Note: high risk areas may include bathrooms, kitchens, laboratories, garages, confined spaces or other
locations where the normal resistance of the body is reduced or the consequence of an electric shock
may lead to another accident, such as fall from a height. For disconnection times greater than 0.4 Sec,
safe Touch Voltage limits may be taken as 50V for dry conditions and 25V for wet conditions.]

5.5.6 The method for calculation of Touch Voltage between Exposed-Conductive-Parts and
Extraneous-Conductive- Parts is illustrated in Guidance note G4(h).

5.5.7 Items requiring Equipotential Bonding may include metallic pipes (particularly those
connected to underground services such as water supply), steel beams, water tanks, baths,
sinks and washbasins. An illustration of typical Equipotential Bonding arrangements is given
in Guidance note G4(c).

5.5.8 It is not necessary to provide Equipotential Bonding for standalone metallic items which:
(a) do not pose any risk of providing a conductive path to Earth (are isolated from Earth);
(b) do not pose any risk of providing a conductive path to any other Earthed part of the Electrical
Installation;
(c) do not pose any risk of becoming live as a result of an electrical fault in the Electrical Installation
(i.e. are sufficiently remote from any Circuit or Appliance); or
(d) are out of reach of any person.

[Note: such items may include metal doors, window frames, handrails,
inaccessible structural beams, small metallic fixings such as screws and brackets.]

5.5.9 Where Circuit conductors are installed close to or within items of metalwork (such as
mentioned in Clause 5.5.7) consideration must be given to provide additional protection or
double insulation of such conductors.

[Note: examples include situations where cables pass through walls containing steel frames, metal door
frames, metallic floor grids, suspended ceilings, etc.]

5.5.10 The sizing of Equipotential Bonding Conductors is given in Appendix A5(j).

5.5.11 The point of connection of an Equipotential Bonding Conductor to any item must be labelled:
SAFETY EARTH BONDING – DO NOT REMOVE, as illustrated in Appendix A5(d).

[Note: Clamps for Earthing and bonding shall be in accordance with BS 951.]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 36 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

5.6 Isolation and switching

5.6.1 All Electrical Installations must be provided with a means of safe isolation at the Electricity
Intake, which must be lockable or otherwise provided with a means of preventing interference
(e.g. by the removal of operating handles into the safe custody of a responsible person).

5.6.2 An Electrical Installation must be further sectionalised by means of isolation at the origin of
each Circuit, in order to provide ease of access for safe working.

5.6.3 All mechanical equipment should be provided with a means of isolation close to the equipment
which can be locked and kept under the control of the person performing maintenance. This
isolation must be effective on all phases and neutral of the supply, must be clearly marked
and must be located in an easily accessible position, see Guidance note G9.

5.6.4 Water heaters, air-conditioning units, fan-coil units, motors and other similar items must be
provided with double pole isolation (or 4 pole isolation for 3-phase items) to ensure safe
access for the purpose of maintenance and repair.

[Note: double-pole isolation may be provided by a plug and socket-outlet arrangement.]

5.6.5 All socket-outlets, flex outlets or other connection point to an Appliance or other electrical
equipment must be provided with a switch as a means of isolation. Such switches must be
provided with a neon indicator where it is desirable to have a visual indication of the presence
or absence of power (e.g. fridge, gas or smoke alarm, and water heater).

5.6.6 In addition to the above, emergency switching (e.g. push-button switch) must be provided for
moving machinery which may require immediate switch off from the supply in the case of an
accident or other situation to avoid Danger. Such equipment may include large motors,
ventilation equipment, industrial machinery, etc. Emergency push switches, must be clearly
marked and must be located in an easily accessible position, see Guidance note G9.

5.6.7 Emergency switches must be designed so that their operation retains the switch in the off
position until it is intentionally unlocked or reset. The release of the emergency switch must
not automatically restart the related Appliance or machinery.

5.6.8 Functional switching devices required for control or operation of equipment and not for safety
reasons need not comply with the requirements of Clauses 5.6.1 to 5.6.7.

5.6.9 Semiconductor devices cannot be used as a means of isolation for safety.

5.7 Insulation
5.7.1 All Electrical Installations must be sufficiently insulated to protect against electric shock from
Direct Contact by any person (Clause 5.3.1). Such insulation must be capable of withstanding
wear and tear during normal use of the equipment. Supplementary insulation or ‘double
insulation’ may be used where additional robustness is required.

5.7.2 The application of paints, resins, varnishes and similar materials is not considered to satisfy the
requirements of Clause 5.7.1 and additional insulation, barriers or obstacles are required to
prevent Direct Contact by any person.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 37 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

[Note: an example may be a motor winding which is enamelled or resin coated and therefore must be
guarded against Direct Contact by persons.]

5.7.3 Live conductors are required to be inaccessible without the use of a special key or tool, available
only to authorised persons and only for the purpose of testing, using special equipment and
procedures.

5.7.4 Uninsulated equipment may be used at voltages not exceeding 12V AC or 30V DC and only
where supplied by a SELV source, see Regulation 9.1.

5.7.5 The insulation resistance of Circuit conductors must be measured and recorded as part of the
test procedures given in Part 8 and must be greater than the values given in Appendix A19(f).

5.7.6 Where an Electrical Installation is supplied by underground cables, no special provisions are
required for protection against over-voltages arising from atmospheric origin or from switching.
Where an Electrical Installation is supplied by overhead lines, advice should be sought from the
Distribution Company or the requirements of BS 7671 – Chapter 44 may be used.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 38 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

6 Earthing
6.1 General principles
6.1.1 Earthing of Exposed-Conductive-Parts of an Electrical Installation and of Appliances in a
Premises is required and must provide the following functions of safety:
(a) allow the passage of fault current in the event of a live conductor touching an Exposed-
Conductive- Part;
(b) ensure that the magnitude of fault current is sufficient to operate Protective Devices within 0.4
Sec for all parts of an Electrical Installation; and
(c) ensure that, in association with Protective Devices, a ‘high resistance’ fault to Earth does not
persist so as to cause overheating or fire.

6.1.2 The necessary requirements to achieve the above functions of safety are detailed in the
following sections.

6.2 Systems of Earthing

6.2.1 The following types of system Earthing are considered in these Regulations:
(a) Locally Earthed System (TT): the Owner provides a Main Earth Terminal for the Electrical
Installation, which is connected to a sufficient number of local Earth Electrodes to provide a
maximum Earth Resistance measured at the Owner’s Main Earth Terminal no greater than 10
Ohms (referred to in BS 7671 as a ‘TT’ system); and
(b) Distribution Company Earthed System (TN-S): the Distribution Company provides a
connection to the Owner’s Main Earth Terminal, using the distribution network Earthing system,
normally via the armouring or metallic sheath of the incoming connection cable (referred to in
BS 7671 as a TN-S system). The Distribution Company system is Earthed at the distribution
transformer and separate Earth and neutral conductors are used throughout the distribution
network.

[Note: these types of Earthing systems are illustrated in Appendix A5(a) – A5(c). Earth Resistance values
of less than 10 Ohms may be specified by the designer for purposes such as Functional Earthing or for
specialist installations such as petrol stations, telecommunications sites, etc.]

6.2.2 The Earthing system to be used in Abu Dhabi Emirate is a combination of both TN-S and TT.
The use of any other system of Earthing must be approved by the Distribution Company. The
type of Earthing system must be stated on the Electrical Installation Certificate and clearly
labelled at the Main Distribution Board.

6.2.3 In all cases, the neutral and Earth Conductors must be kept separate and not connected
together at the MET or at any other point downstream from the Owner’s Connection Point.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 39 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

6.3 Main Earth Terminal

6.3.1 The Owner’s Electrical Installation must include a Main Earth Terminal located close to or within
the Main Distribution Board and must be clearly labelled.

6.3.2 The Locally Earthed System (TT) and the Distribution Company Earthed System (TN-S) shall
be connected to the MET.

6.3.3 A means of removing the connection to the Locally Earthed System (TT) and the connection to
the Distribution Company’s Earthed System (TN-S) (such as by a removable metal link) must
be provided at the Main Earth Terminal to facilitate testing of the Earthing conductivity within
the Electrical Installation and the Locally Earthed System (TT), see Appendix A5(e).

6.3.4 The Earth Resistance of the Locally Earthed System (TT) measured at the MET must be
recorded on the Electrical Installation Certificate in accordance with the procedures described
in Part 8. Methods of measuring Earth Resistance are shown in Appendix A19(a).

6.4 Earth Electrodes

6.4.1 A Locally Earthed System (TT) must be provided at all Premises.

6.4.2 For Premises consisting of more than one building, a Locally Earthed System (TT) must be
provided at each building that is at a distance of more than 30m from the Electricity Intake.

6.4.3 Earth Electrodes will normally comprise of 15mm diameter steel-cored copper rods driven to a
minimum depth of 3m. The top of each Earth Electrode must be housed inside a 300mm x
300mm x 300mm inspection pit, which is clearly labelled and accessible for routine testing, see
Appendix A5(d). Alternative types of Earth Electrodes may be used with prior approval of the
Distribution Company (e.g. plate or wire mesh type, or structural steelwork in a building).

6.4.4 Where more than one Earth Electrode is required to achieve the required Earth 6.4.4 Resistance
value, these must be separated at a distance greater than their mutual resistance zone

[Note: a minimum separation of twice the Earth Electrode depth is considered to give adequate separation
of the mutual resistance zones. See BS 7430 for further advice on spacing of Earth Electrodes.]

6.4.5 The condition of the ground in which an Earth Electrode is placed must be taken into account
to ensure its long-term performance. In particular, potential corrosion effects and ground
moisture content is of critical importance. Proprietary chemical or salt materials may be used
around the Earth Electrode to maintain moisture content but these must be stable and sustain
their chemical properties over time.

[Note: consideration to be given to the use of stainless steel rods in coastal regions.]

6.4.6 For supplies of 500A rating and above, at least two independent Earth Electrodes must be
provided, regardless of the Earth Resistance value achieved for each Earth Electrode, and
connected to the same Main Earth Terminal, see Appendix A5(k).

6.4.7 Metallic service pipes (such as water, gas, etc.) must not be used as Earth Electrodes.

6.4.8 The use of structural foundations or piles as an Earth Electrode shall be in accordance with the
requirement of BS 7430 and be subjected to all of the following conditions:

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 40 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

(a) adequate precautions against the possibility of electrolysis and consequential degradation of
the metal (e.g. corrosion, continuous d.c. earth leakage current);
(b) electrical continuity between all metalwork forming part of the Earth Electrode is maintained
(e.g. welding, clamping or bonding links across structural joints);
(c) provision for measuring and monitoring the Earth Resistance value at regular intervals;
(d) prior approval of the design by the Distribution Company;
(e) the consent of the Owner of the Premises; and
(f) the consent of the Premises structural engineer.

6.5 Earth Conductors

6.5.1 In these Regulations the following terminology is used to refer to Earth Conductors in an
Electrical Installation, see illustration in Appendix A5(f):
(a) Main Earth Conductors (MEC): conductors connected between Earth Electrodes and Main
Earth Terminals; and
(b) Circuit Earth Conductors (CEC): conductors connecting all Circuits emanating from Main
Distribution Boards, Sub Main Distribution Boards, Final Distribution Boards including Circuits
connecting to equipment and Appliances. Outside these Regulations, these may also be known
as the Circuit Protective Conductor (CPC) or Earth Continuity Conductor (ECC).

6.5.2 All Earth Conductors must be covered with green/ yellow PVC insulation and be securely
terminated with purpose- made lugs or fixings.

6.5.3 Where associated with Circuits, all Earth Conductors must be labelled at their termination points
with Circuit identification numbers, see Guidance note G7(f).

6.5.4 The connection of Earth Conductors to Earth Electrodes must be made using corrosion resistant
clamps.

6.5.5 Where Earth Conductors are buried below ground they must be mechanically protected (e.g. in
metal duct or pipe) and, where necessary, with additional tiles or plates laid above the duct or
pipe, see Appendix A5(d) and Guidance note G6.

6.5.6 The connection of Earth Conductors to the Main Earth Terminal must be made using purpose-
made lugs or other fixings and the connection must be clearly labelled as shown in Appendix
A5(d).

6.5.7 All Circuits must have a Circuit Earth Conductor sized in accordance with Appendix A5(j).

6.5.8 Circuit Earth Conductors must run alongside the associated phase and neutral conductors.

[Note: this minimises the risk of a Circuit Earth Conductor being damaged or disconnected without any
damage or fault indication being detected via the phase conductors.]

6.5.9 For metal-sheathed or armoured cables, the sheath or armouring shall not be used as the Earth
Conductor. However, the metal sheath or armouring shall be terminated by suitable cable

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 41 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

glands with appropriate connection to an Earth Conductor providing a supplementary return

path, see Guidance note G7(i).

6.5.10 The use of metal conduit, trunking, busbar trunking or switchgear metal enclosures as
Earth Conductors is not permitted without the prior approval of the Distribution Company.
In such cases, the provision of additional measures such as resistance measurements or
supplementary Earth Conductors will normally be required.

[Note: metal conduit, although not to be used as an Earth Conductor, must nevertheless be effectively
connected to Earth since it comprises an Exposed-Conductive-Part. See Guidance note G7(j).]

6.5.11 No switches, isolators or circuit breakers may be installed in the electrical path of any Earth
Conductor. Removable links may be installed to allow testing at the Main Earth Terminal.

6.6 Exposed-Conductive-Parts
6.6.1 All Exposed-Conductive-Parts of an Electrical Installation, including Appliances, must be
connected to Earth via Earth Conductors in accordance with the requirements of Regulation
6.5.

6.6.2 Exceptions to Clause 6.6.1 may include internal parts of equipment or Appliances, which cannot
be accessed without first disconnecting the electricity supply.

6.6.3 Class I Appliances having Exposed-Conductive-Parts must be provided with a suitable

connection point or plug and socket arrangement that includes connection to the Circuit Earth
Conductor. Class II Appliances do not require an Earth connection; see illustrations in Appendix
A18(a) and A18(b).

6.6.4 All connection points in an Electrical Installation must include an Earth Conductor for future use.

[Note: an example would be a plastic light switch which does not require a Circuit Earth Conductor but
one must be provided in any case for the protection of the Circuit and future use – see Guidance note
G7(d).]

6.6.5 Items within an Electrical Installation where it is mandatory for a connection to be made to an
Earth Conductor are listed in Appendix A5(l).

6.7 Earth Faults Loop Impedance

6.7.1 The Earth Fault Loop Impedance (Zs) is defined as the total impedance presented to an earth
fault current, comprising the impedance of the following parts of a system, illustrated in Appendix
A5(g):
(a) the Circuit Earth Conductor (including the Appliance Earth Conductor);
(b) the Main Earth Terminal;
(c) the Main Earth Conductors connecting to local Earth Electrodes (TT system) and the
Distribution Company Earth (TN-S system);
(d) the path of earth fault current through the general mass of Earth, and through the Earth sheath
or armouring of the Distribution Company cable;

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 42 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

(e) in the case of a Locally Earthed System (TT system), the neutral Earth connection at the
Distribution Company transformer;
(f) the distribution transformer winding; and
(g) the phase conductors of the Circuit back to the point of fault.

6.7.2 All Electrical Installations must be designed and tested such that the Earth Fault Loop
Impedance at any point in the Electrical Installation is of a sufficient value to operate Protective
Devices within 0.4 Sec.

[Note: this requirement is important for parts of Electrical Installations where protection against Indirect
Contact is provided by Earthed Equipotential Bonding, see Regulation 5.5.]

6.7.3 The maximum Earth Fault Loop Impedance values required to meet the disconnection
times in Clause 6.7.2 for MCB devices are given in Appendix A5(h).

6.7.4 The method for testing Earth Fault Loop Impedance (including the external Earth Fault Loop
Impedance) is given in Appendix A19(b) and A19(c).

6.8 Lightning protection

6.8.1 Lightning protection systems must be designed, constructed and maintained in accordance with
BS EN 62305.

6.8.2 Where practicable, a minimum distance of 7 m must be provided between lightning protection
Earth Electrodes and the Electrical Installation Earth Electrodes.

6.8.3 Surge protective devices must be used at the Connection Point for Premises with a lightning
protection system. These shall be installed typically at the Main Distribution Board. See
Guidance note G10.

[Note: a risk assessment evaluating the full requirements of lightning protection systems including the
impact on electrical and electronic systems (e.g. surge protective devices) is to be carried out by the
designer of the Electrical Installation.]

6.8.4 The use of structural steel in place of, or in connection with, lightning down conductors is not
permitted unless approved by the Distribution Company. Where such approval is given,
provision must be made for regular testing of the structural Earth system from roof level to
ground (e.g. via a separate test cable installed through the building). Structural foundations or
piles may be used as lightning Earth Electrodes if sufficiently separated from the Main Earth
Electrodes and where inspection/ testing points are provided for future maintenance. See
Guidance note G10.

6.9 Functional Earthing and high leakage currents

6.9.1 Functional Earth Conductors may be required for purposes such as, but not limited to, radio
frequency noise reduction, filters for computers and other equipment with high earth leakage
currents.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 43 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

6.9.2 Functional Earth Conductors must be separate from other parts of the Electrical Installation
Earthing system, except at their connection to the Electrical Installation Earth via terminals at
Main Distribution Board or Sub Main Distribution Board or Final Distribution Board where a
suitable label must be provided, see Appendix A5(f).

6.9.3 Equipment which produces high earth leakage currents (above 10mA) may be provided with a
Functional Earth and in any case must be provided with duplicate Circuit Earth Conductors to
the Main Earth Terminal. Such equipment must remain connected to Earth at all times to avoid
the risk of electric shock from Exposed-Conductive- Parts of the equipment.

[Note: metallic conduit may be considered as one of the duplicate Earth Conductors required for high
leakage equipment. Alternatively, Circuit Earth Conductors in a Ring Circuit are also accepted as
providing a duplicate Earth path. This requirement safeguards against electric shock due to Indirect
Contact if only one Circuit Earth was provided and was damaged or broken.]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 44 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

7 Selection of components and installation

requirements
7.1 Plugs, socket-outlets and flex outlets
7.1.1 For domestic Electrical Installations, all single-phase plugs and socket-outlets must comply with
BS 1363 and be fitted with a switch. The use of any other type of single-phase plugs and
sockets-outlets, such as BS 546 (3 round pins) is not permitted.

[Note: BS 1363 requires plugs to have partly insulated live and neutral pins and include a fuse complying
with BS 1362. Socket- outlets are required to have tamper-proof shutters on the live, neutral and Earth
connections.]

7.1.2 For single-phase applications in non-domestic Electrical Installations either BS 1363 or BS 546
type plugs and socket-outlets are permitted. However, BS 546 plugs and socket-outlets must
be restricted to specialist applications such as high load Appliances (BS 546 15A plug) or where
it is desirable not to intermix certain Appliances, see Appendix A17(a).

[Note: examples of the use of BS 546 plugs include table lamps in hotel rooms which are switched from
a dedicated lighting Circuit (3A or 5A) or self-contained air-conditioning units (15A). In the latter case,
15A BS 546 socket-outlets must be supplied from a dedicated Radial Circuit.]

7.1.3 The use of ‘Shuko’ CEE7/7 2-pin type plugs is strictly prohibited. The use of ‘Euro’ CEE7/16
plugs is permitted only where used with an approved adaptor converting such plugs for use on
BS 1363 type socket-outlets, see Appendix A17(a).

[Note: adaptors must be certified by a recognised approvals authority.]

7.1.4 An allowable exception to Clause 7.1.1 is the use of shaver supply units in bathrooms,
complying with BS EN 61558-2-5. For these types of socket-outlet, which are supplied by a
safety isolating transformer, 2-pin unearthed type plugs may be used. See Appendix A17(c).

7.1.5 No socket-outlets shall be installed in a bathroom except for a socket-outlet complying with BS
EN 61558-2-5 (shaver socket-outlet including a safety isolating transformer).

7.1.6 Three-phase and industrial plugs and socket-outlets must comply with BS EN 60309, see
Appendix A17(b). The rating of three-phase socket-outlets must be selected according to the
load of the Appliance or equipment to be connected.

[Note: BS EN 60309 plugs and socket-outlets are not fused and are not shuttered and therefore must not
be used in any domestic application.]

7.1.7 Socket-outlets for normal use must be positioned at a standard height of 300mm or 450mm
above floor level or 100mm above work surfaces, see Appendix A16. Where required, low level
or skirting height may be used (e.g. in offices) at a minimum of 100mm above the floor level,
and where adequate precautions are taken against damage. Access for limited ability persons
must be given due consideration in such cases (e.g. alternative socket-outlets provided).

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 45 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

7.1.8 Floor socket-outlets may be used where there is no undue risk of water ingress or flooding and
which are designed to relevant international standards.

7.1.9 Socket-outlets in kitchens must be positioned at least 1m away from sources of water (e.g.
sinks, basins, filter units, supply taps).

7.1.10 The minimum number of socket-outlets for domestic Electrical Installations is given in Appendix
A15.

7.1.11 All socket-outlets in one room or service area shall be connected to the same phase.

7.1.12 The maximum number of single-phase socket-outlets on each Ring or Radial Circuit shall be
determined according to the anticipated load and usage of Appliances. The assumed loads
given in Guidance note G2 may be used in the absence of other loading information.

7.1.13 Three-phase socket-outlets must be connected on individual Radial Circuits.

7.1.14 For outdoor, damp or wet areas (e.g. water pump rooms, outdoor water coolers and drinking
fountains) socket- outlets must be of the weather protected type (IP55) and incorporate a 30mA
RCD, see Guidance note G7(c).

[Note: where a number of outdoor socket-outlets are installed in close proximity, the above requirement
may be met by one RCD device serving the group of outlets, provided that the RCD device is readily
accessible and visible to persons using the socket- outlets and is clearly labelled.]

7.1.15 Flex-outlets (with switch and fuse) complying with BS 1363 may be used in place of socket-
outlets for fixed Appliances, see Guidance note G7(m).

7.2 Switches and isolators

7.2.1 All switches provided for local isolation of Appliances and equipment (including lighting)
must comply with BS EN 60669. The rating of switches must be selected based on the
expected load, taking into account any capacitive or inductive effects.

7.2.2 For outdoor locations, damp or wet areas, weather-protected switches must be used (BS EN
60669).

7.2.3 Wall-mounted switches must not be installed in bathrooms, shower rooms or other locations
where normal body resistance is reduced due to the presence of water. In such locations, ceiling
mounted cord-pull switches may be used or wall-mounted switches may be used outside the
room. Wall-mounted switches may be used in kitchens but at least 2m from a sink or other
source of water.

7.2.4 For areas with higher-than-normal risk of fire or explosion, gas-sealed switches must be used
(BS EN 60079). For example, in gas storage areas, battery rooms, etc.

7.2.5 The normal mounting height for switches shall be 1.3m from floor level. Other mounting heights
may be used where there is a specific need, such as, but not limited to, the prevention of access
by children or the requirement for access by disabled persons.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 46 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

7.2.6 Switches with neon indicators must be provided for Appliances such as water heaters, air
conditioning units, cookers, fridges and freezers, where a visual indication of the presence of
power is desirable.

7.2.7 Double-pole switches must be provided for water heaters, air-conditioning units and other fixed
Appliances operating with or near water supplies.

7.2.8 Cooker control units (isolators) for domestic Electrical Installations must comply with BS 4177.
The use of cooker control units with an integral 3-pin socket-outlet is prohibited except where
the Final Circuit supplying the cooker control unit is protected by a RCD with a residual current
rating of 30mA, in accordance with Clause 5.4.8.

[Note: in addition to the above restriction, it is considered undesirable to use cooker control units with
integral socket- outlets where there is a risk of Appliances or flexible cables supplied by the socket-outlet
being damaged by heat from the cooker.]

7.2.9 Flexible cables from switches or isolators to fixed Appliances (such as water heaters, cookers,
etc.) must be adequately rated and securely fixed with a purpose-made flex outlet plate (which
may be integral with or separate from the switch or isolator unit), see Guidance note G7(m).

7.3 Lighting
7.3.1 Lighting Circuits will normally be fed from 6A, 10A or 16A MCBs from a Final Distribution Board.

7.3.2 The rating of lighting Circuits shall be selected in accordance with the number of connection
points to be supplied, the type and rating of Luminaires to be used and the Connected Load for
the Circuit. A standard method of calculating Connected Load is given in Guidance note G2.

7.3.3 Lighting Circuits supplying small Edison screw (SES) or small bayonet cap (SBC) fittings must
be supplied from Protective Devices of nominal current rating no greater than 6A.

[Note: where these lamps are used in high numbers, e.g. in chandeliers, the Protective Device current
rating may be greater than 6A.]

7.3.4 Switching of Circuits containing discharge lighting or other lighting with high inductance may
require special consideration due to high switching voltages that may occur. In order to
accommodate the switching voltage in discharge lighting Circuits, the rating of the switch shall
be suited to the conditions expected and shall not be less than twice the load current.

7.3.5 The design and construction of lighting signs used for publicity, decorative and general
purposes (such as neon signs) must comply with BS 559. High voltage discharge lighting is to
be provided with an emergency isolation switch which must be clearly marked and located in
an easily accessible position.

[Note: such switches may be marked “Fireman’s Switch for Neon Sign” or similar wording.]

7.3.6 The connection of mains-operated clocks to lighting Circuits other than through a clock
connector unit is prohibited.

7.3.7 All Luminaires must be connected to Final Circuits using a ceiling rose or other purpose made
connection point and not directly to such Circuits. Where cables are run within Luminaires, they

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 47 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

shall be of the heat resistant type, or protected by heat resistant sleeving. See Guidance notes
G7(b) and G8.

7.3.8 Lighting Circuits in false ceilings or voids must be installed in conduits or trunking in compliance
with Clauses 7.5.12 and 7.5.13. However, short lengths (less than 3m) of flexible or insulated
and sheathed cables may be provided between a lighting connection point or ceiling rose and
a Luminaire, provided that provision is made for future access and maintenance. In addition,
the use of purpose made plug and socket connection systems for Luminaires is not precluded,
provided that approval is sought from the Distribution Company. See Guidance notes G7(h) and
G8.

7.3.9 Luminaires and other light fittings must be installed with due consideration to the weight taken
by fixings and supports, and the need for adequate ventilation and heat dissipation.

7.3.10 Heat resistant cables and flexible cords should be used for the connection of high temperature
Luminaires. See Guidance notes G7(b) and G8.

7.3.11 Where light switch boxes contain more than one phase (for large groups of lighting), they must
be labelled to indicate. The presence of a 400V supply, and suitable phase barriers should be
provided inside the box.

7.3.12 Outdoor lighting should be of suitable weatherproof construction with appropriate connection
points and fittings, see also Regulation 9 and Guidance notes G8.

7.3.13 Underwater lighting must be supplied by a Separated Extra-Low Voltage System (SELV) not
exceeding 12V AC or 30V DC

7.3.14 Emergency light fittings must comply with BS 5266 and shall be provided with a battery of
minimum 3 hours rating.

7.4 Conduit, trunking and Cable Trays

7.4.1 All plastic conduits and trunking must comply with BS 4607 and be suitable for the ambient
conditions expected.

7.4.2 All metal conduits and trunking must comply with either BS 4568, BS EN 60423 or BS EN
61386-21. Cable Tray must comply with BS EN 61537.

7.4.3 Flexible conduits must be of metal construction, PVC covered and comply with BS EN 61386-
23. Flexible conduit may be of plastic construction only in indoor locations, where damage is
unlikely.

7.4.4 Metal conduits, trunking or Cable Tray may not, on their own, be used as Circuit Earth
Conductors; separate Circuit Earth Conductors must be run inside the conduits, trunking or
Cable Tray, see also Clause 6.5.10. This does not obviate the requirement to comply with
Clause 6.6.1 (i.e. metal conduits are required to be Earthed), see Guidance note G7(j).

7.4.5 Plastic conduits or trunking must not be used in situations subject to higher than normal
temperatures or fire risk (e.g. near industrial machinery, generator rooms, workshops, petrol
stations, plant rooms, etc.). Where a plastic conduit is installed outdoors, it should be suitable
for exposure to solar radiation.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 48 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

7.4.6 Where a plastic conduit is installed within a wall, floor or ceiling it must be at a minimum depth
of 50mm from the surface. If it is installed at a shallower depth not less than 25mm from the
surface, then a metal conduit must be used, and the Circuits contained in the conduit must be
protected by a 30mA RCD. See Guidance note G7(e).

7.4.7 Conduits, trunking and Cable Tray must be installed so as to provide ease of access to cable
Circuits throughout the route. Sufficient inspection plates and pulling points must be provided
to enable inspection, repair and drawing out of cables throughout the life of the Electrical
Installation.

7.4.8 The ends of conduits, trunking and Cable Tray shall be provided with bushes or other finished
ends such that cables do not sustain damage during installation or throughout the life of the
Electrical Installation, and must be suitably sealed against the ingress of water. Where such
bushes or ends are not provided, any sharp angles, burrs or projections must be removed. All
exposed steel edges and threads should be painted with zinc-rich paint, see Guidance note
G7(g). Care must be taken not to leave sections of cable exposed at the ends of conduits or
trunking. See Guidance note G7(a).

7.4.9 Plastic conduit boxes for Accessories shall be provided with copper or brass Earth terminals.
See Guidance note G7(d).

7.4.10 Single-insulated cables may not be installed in slotted (perforated) trunking or Cable Trays.

7.4.11 The minimum internal radius of any bend or elbow fitting in a conduit shall be 2.5 times the
diameter of the conduit.

7.4.12 Elbow fittings of trunking may be in a 90º formation only where the cover is removable so that
cables may be installed without the need for pulling through.

7.4.13 Conduit shall be installed with a maximum of two 90º bends or three 120º bends between
inspection or pulling points.

7.4.14 Cable Trunking and Cable Tray shall be run exposed or otherwise accessible after installation,
throughout its length, for the purpose of removing or installing cables.

7.4.15 Where Cable Trunking or a Cable Tray passes through walls, floors or other barriers, it shall be
provided with a continuous cover and an internal fire barrier where fire separation is specified
for the Premises. See Guidance note G3(a).

7.4.16 Where trunking or Cable Tray is used for the combined provision of power, telecommunications
and other Circuits, adequate segregation must be provided, together with suitably sealed
service boxes and connection boxes.

7.4.17 Category 3 Circuits (fire and emergency lighting) may not be installed in the same conduit or
trunking as Category 1 (mains supplied) Circuits or Category 2 (telecommunications) Circuits
unless suitable segregation is provided.

7.1.18 Category 1 and Category 2 Circuits may only be installed in the same conduit or trunking if the
latter is insulated to the level of Category 1 Circuits.

[Note: trunking or conduit referred to in Clauses 7.4.17 and 7.4.18 may be metallic or non-metallic.]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 49 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

7.4.19 Under floor Cable Trunking shall be used only in areas which are not susceptible to water
ingress or flooding. Suitable junction boxes, flush service boxes and inspection compartments
shall be provided according to the design of the under-floor trunking system.

7.4.20 The maximum number of cables for typical sizes of conduits and trunking are given in Appendix
A9.

[Note: the use of different Final Circuits in a common conduit or switch drops in shared conduits are not
permitted]

7.4.21 Where a conduit or trunking is installed on the Distribution Company’s side of the Connection
Point, these must be provided with a means of locking or sealing against unauthorised
interference.

7.5 Cables
7.5.1 For fixed wiring within Premises, PVC, rubber or XLPE insulated cables with stranded copper
conductors must be used, complying with the reference standards given in Appendix A3. Solid-
core copper or aluminium conductor cables are not permitted.

7.5.2 For locations subject to a higher than normal risk of interference or damage, armoured cables
are recommended.

7.5.3 For locations with higher than normal fire risk, either cables must be installed in metal conduit
or mineral-insulated- copper-clad (MICC) complying with BS EN 60702 or enhanced fire-
resistance cables must be used. In addition, safety Circuits such as fire alarms, emergency
lighting and control Circuits, which are required to remain operational in the event of a fire, must
be installed in metal conduits or supplied by MICC cables.

[Note: enhanced fire-resistance cables should meet the PH 120 classification when tested in accordance
with BS EN 50200 and the 120 minutes survival time when tested in accordance with BS 8434-2.]

7.5.4 The location and selection of cables must take into consideration any special requirements for
the prevention of spread of fire. Fire barriers, low smoke insulation or other measures may be
required (relevant building regulations should be referenced).

7.5.5 General-purpose flexible cables and cords for Appliances must be PVC insulated, with a PVC
over sheath, stranded copper conductors, and comply with BS EN 50525.

7.5.6 Cables for high-temperature Appliances (e.g. electric heaters, irons, pendant lighting,
connections within Luminaires) must be heat resistant rubber or PVC insulated, with over
sheath, stranded copper conductors, and comply with BS EN 50525.

7.5.7 Cables under repetitive mechanical strain (e.g. lifts, heavy outdoor machinery, etc.) must
comply with BS EN 50214.

7.5.8 Where cables are installed underground, they must be installed so as to protect against
mechanical damage and enable future removal, see Guidance note G6.

7.5.9 Cables for meter tails (at 230V) shall be single-core, PVC insulated, with over sheath, and
comply with BS EN 50525.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 50 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

7.5.10 The cross-section of cables must be selected according to the expected load, voltage drop,
ambient temperature and installation conditions using Appendix A7(a) - A7(h) including
appropriate grouping factors. The maximum Voltage drop from the Connection Point to the
remote end of any Final Circuit must not exceed 4%, except in special cases where equipment
has been designed to operate under a greater voltage drop (such cases must be clearly stated
in the Electrical Installation design and approved by the Distribution Company).

[Note: the sizing of Final Circuits and Circuits feeding FDBs must be in accordance with the Connected
Load. Other Circuits may be sized in accordance with the Diversified Load, with allowance made for future
load growth where appropriate. See Clause 7.6.1, 7.7.7 and Guidance note G2.]

7.5.11 The use of single-core armoured cables should be avoided due to the possibility of induced
heating effects. However, such cables may be used where there is an exceptional need, with
the written consent of the Distribution Company and where adequate precautions are taken to
avoid induced heating effects. Such precautions must include the appropriate configuration of
phases to balance induced currents, Earthing at one end only and the use of non- ferromagnetic
armouring, cable glands, and switchgear gland plates, see Guidance note G7(l).

7.5.12 Other than as allowed under Clause 7.5.15, all cables that are not armoured or that do not have
a metallic sheath or screen, must be installed in plastic or metal conduits or trunking throughout
their entire length.

7.5.13 Cables running through inaccessible areas such as walls, floors and solid ceilings shall be
installed, without exception, in conduits or trunking so as to be withdrawable in the future. In
such cases, suitable inspection plates and pulling out points must be provided.

7.5.14 Non-sheathed cables must not be installed in concrete ducts.

7.5.15 Exceptions to Clause 7.5.12 may be allowed only for insulated and sheathed or flexible cables
which will remain accessible but in locations free from undue risk of damage or interference
(e.g. above-head height, or in unoccupied areas). Such cables must be securely supported by
cable clips, Cable Tray or other fixings at suitable intervals.

[Note: although flexible cords must not be used as fixed wiring, this Clause covers Appliance connection
cables which should be limited to 3m in length where practicable. In addition, proprietary plug and fit
connection systems may be installed from a suitable connection point in the fixed wiring system, provided
they are suitably supported, mechanically protected, or otherwise located in areas where there is minimal
risk of damage or interference. See Guidance note G7(h).]

7.5.16 All cables must be installed between purpose-made termination points (switches, junction
boxes, Distribution Boards) and be terminated with purpose-made lugs, crimps, screw or other
connectors. Joints between such points are strictly prohibited. Termination points and junction
boxes must remain accessible to facilitate future inspection, repair and alteration. See Guidance
note G7(k).

[Note: terminations for MICC cables must be suitably sealed against the ingress of moisture.]

7.5.17 Where cables are terminated at high-temperature Appliances, their insulation must be suitable
for the expected operating temperature or, where necessary, shall be protected by heat-
resistant material. See Guidance notes G7(b) and G8.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 51 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

7.5.18 Armoured cables must be terminated using suitable cable glands which incorporate a suitably
rated Earth tag or other purpose-made connection to the armouring of the cable and to the
metallic sheath if present. See Guidance note G7(i).

7.5.19 Cables must not be installed in lift shafts other than those serving lift functions.

[Note: although a lift shaft may be a convenient means of providing a cable route through a building this
creates unwarranted risk when accessing such Circuits for maintenance and also provides a vulnerable
route for the propagation of fire.]

7.5.20 The colour identification for cables is given in Appendix A8.

[Note: although the identification colours for cables has recently been changed in European countries, a
similar change is not currently proposed for Abu Dhabi Emirate. For fixed wiring in an Electrical
Installation, the phase colours remain as red, yellow and blue whilst neutral remains as black. However,
for flexible sheathed cables supplying single-phase Appliances, brown is used for Phase, blue is used for
Neutral and green/yellow is used for Earth – see Appendix A8.]

7.6 Final Circuits

7.6.1 The sizing of Final Circuits must be in accordance with the Connected Load on each Circuit
(see Guidance note G2), whilst taking account of ambient temperature, grouping factors, power
factor and voltage drop, see Appendices A7(a) - A7(h).

7.6.2 Radial Circuits should be provided to large Appliances, particularly those in continuous or near
continuous operation, or those of importance for safety or other priority functions within a
Premises. Examples include main water pumps, air conditioning units, water heaters, room
heating, fire or intruder alarms, cookers and ovens.

7.6.3 Ring Circuits should be provided to areas within Premises, which can be most economically
served by several Appliances sharing the same cable feed, arranged in a loop, from one circuit
breaker on the Final Distribution Board. This is particularly suitable where Appliances are
expected to operate at diverse times of the day. Ring Circuits would typically be installed in
bedrooms, living rooms, kitchens (except major Appliances such as cookers), partitioned office
areas, etc.

7.6.4 The number of Radial Circuits and Ring Circuits installed in Premises shall take into
consideration future accessibility, maintainability, and safety of the system, whilst limiting the
extent of power outage to serviced areas.

7.6.5 Circuits supplying a kitchen must not be used to supply any other area. However, ceiling lighting
Circuits from a kitchen may be common to other areas.

7.6.6 For domestic Premises, all Circuits supplying one room must be on the same phase, other than
for kitchens and for ceiling lighting.

7.6.7 Typical layout for small power and lighting Circuits for domestic Premises are shown in
Appendix A14.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 52 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

7.7 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers

7.7.1 Busways, bus ducts, busbar risers or other similar systems may be used in Premises for the
supply of large loads where they provide a more economical or practical option than cables.

7.7.2 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers shall comply with the relevant reference standards given
in Appendix A3.

7.7.3 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers shall be totally enclosed (non-perforated) for protection
against mechanical damage, moisture, dust and other environmental effects.

7.7.4 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers shall not be located in areas prone to mechanical damage
or where they may be exposed to hazardous materials, liquids or gases, unless special
precautions are taken.

7.7.5 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers shall be located so that they are accessible for future
maintenance and repair throughout their length. They shall not be installed in habitable areas
such as flats, offices, shops, etc. (a separate riser shaft or room must be provided).

7.7.6 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers shall have neutral conductors of equal size to the phase
conductors and shall have a dedicated Earth Conductor. The use of the metal casing as an
Earth Conductor is permitted only with the prior approval of the Distribution Company.

[Note: aluminium metal casings should be used in preference to steel due to the risk of corrosion and
high resistance joints. In either case, the sizing of such conductors must meet the values equivalent to
copper conductors given in Appendix A5(j).]

7.7.7 The current rating of busways, bus ducts and busbar risers shall be based on the Diversified
Load of the relevant part of the Electrical Installation being supplied, with allowance made for
future load growth where appropriate. Diversity factors must be justified and submitted with the
design for approval by the Distribution Company, see Regulation 3.2 and Guidance note G2.

7.7.8 Purpose made plug-in circuit breaker units may be used with busbar risers’ systems where they
are mechanically interlocked to prevent removal whilst energised. See Guidance note
G3(a).

7.7.9 The number of busways, bus ducts or busbar risers required for a high-rise building and the
number of floors served by each must be selected by taking due account of the future
accessibility, maintainability and safety of the system, whilst limiting the extent of power outage
to serviced areas.

[Note: a typical arrangement may be to serve each 10 floors of a 30 storey building by a separate bus
riser; however, other arrangements are not precluded.]

7.8 Distribution Boards

7.8.1 All Distribution Boards must be factory assembled, type- tested and comply with BS EN 61439.

7.8.2 Distribution Boards must be of robust construction, capable of withstanding expected electrical,
thermal, and environmental stresses in normal service and during faults.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 53 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

[Note: Final Distribution Boards, including the incoming cable, will normally be sized in accordance with
the Connected Load of the Circuits supplied; other Distribution Boards and Distribution Circuits may be
sized in accordance with the Diversified Load, using appropriate diversity factors, and with allowance
made for future load growth where appropriate - see Guidance note G2.]

7.8.3 Apparatus forming part of the assembly of Distribution Boards shall have electrical isolation
clearances sufficient to withstand normal Voltages, surge Voltages and creepages as defined
in BS EN 61439-1.

7.8.4 Each Distribution Board must have a neutral bar which is mounted on insulators and which has
a sufficient number of terminal points of adequate size for the largest cable expected to be used.

7.8.5 Each Distribution Board must have an Earth bar which has a means of connection to the
incoming Earth Conductor and cable gland of the incoming cable, see Appendices A5(e) and
A12(c).

7.8.6 All Final Distribution Boards must, be arranged so as to provide for at least two zones of Earth
Leakage Protection (e.g. 100mA and 30mA or 30mA and 30mA) and to avoid complete
disconnection of power to the area being served, in the event of an earth fault. This may be
achieved by either of the following methods:
(a) two or more busbar sections, each protected by a RCD;
[Note: it is recommended that no more than 9 single phase Circuits are protected by an individual RCD.]

(b) one busbar section, with individual RCBOs fitted on all Final Circuits (the incomer device may
be a time-delayed RCD or an isolator switch where adequate fault protection is provided by an
upstream Protective Device); or
(c) two or more FDBs installed together to serve an area, each having one busbar section protected
by a RCD of appropriate rating (e.g. one DB with an incomer 100mA or 30mA RCD for lighting
and another DB with incomer 30mA RCD for power Circuits).

[Note: either solid busbar or removable (‘comb’) busbar DB’s are acceptable (horizontal or vertical type)
if factory assembled and where the manufacturer’s type tests are provided. Single phase DBs up to 12
ways, serving a limited area, may be provided with one busbar section, and one incomer RCD of
appropriate rating, e.g. hotel rooms, pump room, central air-conditioning room, etc.]

7.8.7 Other than for small 2-storey buildings, each floor of a Premises shall be provided with
at least one Final Distribution Board installed in an easily accessible location.

7.8.8 The number of Final Distribution Boards and Sub Distribution Boards provided in Premises shall
take into account the future accessibility, maintainability and safety of the system, whilst limiting
the extent of possible power outages to serviced areas.

[Note: to meet the above requirement Final Distribution Boards should be limited to a maximum capacity
of 14 ways 3-phase (or 42 ways single phase) and Sub Main Distribution Boards should be limited to 18
ways 3-phase.]

7.8.9 Single-phase Distribution Boards may be permitted in Premises where adequate provision is
made for balancing the total load at the Electricity Intake between the three phases.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 54 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

[Note: single-phase Distribution Boards would normally be used for small load applications such as hotel
rooms, garages or small out buildings.]

7.8.10 The phase and neutral busbars in all Distribution Boards shall be identified by the colours given
in Appendix A8.

7.8.11 The phase and neutral conductors in all Distribution Boards shall be of the same cross sectional
area.

7.8.12 Neon indicators, voltmeters and ammeters must be provided for Distribution Boards rated at
400A and above and, where reasonably practicable, for other Distribution Boards.

[Note: where practicable, maximum demand meters and power factor meters should also be provided.
This can also be achieved by the use of a multifunctional meter. Consideration should be given to the
provision of sub-metering facilities that allow the energy performance of building to be recorded and
monitored in accordance with the relevant UAE energy efficiency requirements.]

7.8.13 All outgoing Circuits of Distribution Boards must be provided with only circuit breakers (such as
CBs, MCBs, MCCBs, ACBs, RCDs, RCBOs) and shall not contain fuses of any kind, except for
capacitor banks. See Regulation 10.2.

[Note: the incoming device of a DB may be an isolator switch, where adequate fault protection is provided
by an upstream Protective Device.]

7.8.14 All Distribution Boards must be installed in locations easily accessible for inspection, operation
and maintenance, preferably at the entrance to the area they serve. Such locations must be
secured from unauthorised interference.

7.8.15 Distribution Boards of rating 200A and above shall be installed in a dedicated room. Distribution
Boards of rating below 200A may be installed in a cupboard or other suitable enclosure,
complying with Clause 7.8.14 and Clause 3.5.9.

[Note 1: Main Distribution Boards of rating 200A and above must be located in an Electricity Intake room,
see Appendix A12(b).]

[Note 2: At residential villas, Main Distribution Boards of rating 400A and above must be located in an
Electricity Intake room and Sub Main Distribution Boards of rating 400A and above must be located in a
dedicated room, see Appendix A12(b). Main Distribution Boards or Sub Main Distribution Boards of rating
below 400A may NOT need to be installed in a dedicated room i.e. outdoor wall mounted, complying with
Clause 7.8.14 and Clause 3.5.9 and in accordance with the approved installation procedures of the
Distribution Company]

7.8.16 Distribution Boards shall not be installed in locations where water is used (e.g. kitchens,
bathrooms, pump rooms), within 2m of any pipe or other source of water, or in difficult-to- access
positions (such as stairways).

7.8.17 Distribution Boards and all electrical equipment installed outdoors must be corrosion resistant
and give protection against mechanical damage and a minimum ingress protection of IP55
unless otherwise specified in these Regulations.

[Note: At residential villas, outdoor wall mounted Main Distribution Boards or Sub Main Distribution
Boards of rating below 400A must be corrosion and dust resistant and give protection against mechanical

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 55 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

damage and a minimum ingress protection of IP65 unless otherwise specified by the distribution
company]

7.8.18 Distribution Boards must be provided with sufficient numbers of Protective Devices so as to
enable every outgoing Circuit to be connected to an individual Protective Device and shall
include not less than 10% spare Protective Devices or blank positions.

7.9 LV switchboards
7.9.1 Where prefabricated Distribution Boards of sufficient rating are not available, LV switchboards,
consisting of cubicle panel switchgear, may be provided. LV switchboards must consist of type-
tested assemblies, which satisfy the requirements of BS EN 61439.

7.9.2 Switchboards must be located in a dedicated room to provide for safe access and egress at all
times, including during maintenance, repair and replacement work.

7.9.3 LV switch rooms must meet the requirements of Electricity Intake rooms listed in Regulation
4.2. Typical layouts and minimum space requirements for LV switch rooms are given in
Appendix A12(d) and A12(b).

7.9.4 Switchboards rated above 400A must be provided with instruments for Voltage, current,
maximum demand and power factor measurement, as well as phase indicating lamps.

7.9.5 Where more than one incoming supply cable is provided at the Electricity Intake, these must be
connected to separate switchboards (or separate sections of the same switchboard) which have
the facility for interconnection through a bus coupler circuit-breaker or switch. In order to prevent
parallel connection of the incoming supply cables, the bus coupler circuit breaker or switch must
be interlocked to prevent its closure when both incoming supply cables are live. Bus switches
and circuit breakers must be capable of closure onto a fault unless interlocked so as to only be
operated whilst dead.

7.9.6 All busbars in switchboards must be tinned copper and rigidly supported throughout their length.
The neutral and Earth busbars must run throughout the length of the switchboard. The neutral
busbar must be of the same cross- sectional area as the phase busbars.

7.9.7 The main incoming circuit breaker must be clearly marked and left unlocked to allow immediate
operation in an emergency, see Clause 4.3.2.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 56 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

8 Inspection, site testing and certification

8.1 Inspection and testing by the Licensed Contractor
8.1.1 Every new Electrical Installation shall, during installation and on completion before being
energised, be inspected and tested by a Licensed Contractor who shall duly complete the
relevant test reports and submit these to the Distribution Company (with the exception of tests
that can only be carried out upon energising).

8.1.2 Inspection and testing shall be recorded on the standard forms shown in Appendices A20(b) –
A20(d) and shall include the following tests:
(a) continuity of Ring and Final Circuit conductors;
(b) continuity of Earth Conductors including Equipotential Bonding Conductors;
(c) insulation resistance;
(d) protection against Direct Contact;
(e) protection against Indirect Contact;
(f) polarity of Circuits;
(g) Earth Fault Loop Impedance and Prospective Fault Current measurements;
(h) Earth Electrode Resistance; and
(i) operation of Earth Leakage Protection devices.

[Note: see Appendices A19(a) to A19(g) for relevant test procedures.]

8.1.3 The continuity test shall be carried out with an instrument having a no-load voltage between 4V
and 24V d.c or AC and a short-circuit current not less than 200mA, in accordance with the
procedure in Appendix A19(d).

8.1.4 The insulation resistance tests between live conductors and between each live conductor and
Earth shall be measured with a test voltage of 500V d.c, in accordance with the procedure in
Appendix A19(f).

8.1.5 Every Electrical Installation shall be inspected and tested on a periodic basis. The responsibility
for periodic inspection and testing of Electrical Installations lies with the Owner of the Premises
who shall request the services of a Licensed Contractor at the intervals shown in table 8.1.5.
The Owner must also ensure that any necessary rectification work is carried out.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 57 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Table 8.1.5
Internal External
Electrical Electrical
Installation Installation
Domestic 3 years 3 years

Non-domestic
2 years 1 year
(commercial, industrial, farms,
etc.)
Premises used by the public
(schools, hospitals, hotels, 1 year 1 year
malls, parks, tents, mosques)

Special locations
1 year 1 year
(construction sites, swimming
pools and fountains, roadway
lighting)

[Note:
(a) see Clause 8.1.2 for the required tests.

(b) Table 8.1.5 above suggests the recommended periodic frequency to be followed, another
periodic frequency in line with best practices can be adopted based on the premises type.

8.1.6 Electrical Installations which were constructed before Commencement Date of these
Regulations shall be inspected and tested within the time indicated above, from the
Commencement Date.

8.2 Inspection and testing by the Distribution Company

8.2.1 The Distribution Company shall verify on site the test results for Earth Resistance at the Main
Earth Terminal and inspect or test other items as deemed appropriate, including as a minimum:
(a) connection of conductors;
(b) identification of conductors and labelling of
equipment;
(c) routing o f cables a n d t h e i r p r o t e c t i o n a g a i n s t
mechanical damage;
(d) cross-sectional a r e a o f conductors f o r c u r r e n t -
carrying capacity and Voltage drop;
(e) connection of single-pole devices for protection or switching
in phase conductors only;
(f) correct positioning and connection of Accessories and
equipment;

(g) presence of f i r e barriers and protection against thermal

effects;

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 58 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

(h) methods of protection against electric shock, both Direct

and Indirect Contact;
(i) inspection of integrity of Main Earth Conductors and Earth
Electrodes;
(j) presence a n d c o r r e c t l o c a t i o n o f devices f o r
isolation; and
(k) measurement of Earth Fault Loop Impedance.

8.2.2 The Distribution Company may carry out intermediate inspection(s) prior to the final inspection
mentioned in Clause 8.2.1. This is to verify compliance of concealed parts of the Electrical
Installation (e.g. conduits, buried cables and Earth Conductors).

8.2.3 Internal checks and inspection shall be carried out on a minimum of 10% sample of the
Electrical Installation, relevant to the items listed under Clause 8.2.1.

8.3 Electrical Installation Certificates

8.3.1 In order to verify compliance with these Regulations:

(a) the Licensed Contractor and the designer of the Electrical Installation shall complete and sign
an Electrical Installation Certificate in the format shown in Appendix A20(a); and

(b) the Licensed Contractor shall complete and sign the inspection report, and installation testing
report in the format shown in Appendices A20(b), A20(c), and A20(d) respectively.

8.3.2 Two original copies of the Electrical Installation Certificate and associated test results shall be
provided; one to the Owner of the Premises and one to the Distribution Company. An additional
copy must be affixed at the Main Distribution Board or Electricity Intake position, see Appendix
A12(d).

8.3.3 After any extension or alteration to an Electrical Installation, a Licensed Contractor is required
to issue an amended Electrical Installation Certificate, together with a copy of the original
certificate and stating the details of the work carried out; in addition to an amended inspection
report and installation testing report, see Regulations 3.2 and 3.3.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 59 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

9 Special locations and systems

9.1 Separated Extra-Low Voltage

9.1.1 Separated Extra-Low Voltage (SELV) systems are used where an inherently safe system of
supply is required such that a breakdown of primary insulation will not lead to the risk of electric
shock. This is achieved by electrical separation of the Final Circuit from the source of energy,
typically using a safety isolating transformer, see illustration in Appendix A18(c).

9.1.2 For a SELV system, the Final Circuit Voltage shall not exceed “Extra-Low Voltage” i.e. 50V AC
or 120V DC between conductors or to Earth.

9.1.3 The source of SELV power shall be provided by either:

(a) a safety isolating transformer complying with BS EN 61558, in which there is no connection
between the output winding and the body or with the Circuit Earth Conductor, if any; or

(b) a battery source.

9.1.4 All components of a SELV system (including conductors, switches, relays, etc.) shall be
physically separated from those of any other live system.

9.1.5 No Exposed-Conductive-Part of a SELV system shall be connected to any of the following:

(a) Earth;

(b) any Earthed conductive part of another system or Extraneous-Conductive-Part; or

(c) an Earth Conductor of any system.

9.1.6 Insulation against Direct Contact of the conductive parts of a SELV system is required if the
operating Voltage exceeds 12V AC or 30V DC Insulation is not required if the operating voltage
is at or below these values.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 60 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

9.2 Protective Extra-Low Voltage

9.2.1 A Protective Extra-Low Voltage (PELV) system is one where the same provision for electrical
separation is provided as for SELV, i.e. between the source of energy and the Final Circuit.
However, in a PELV system the connection to Earth of Exposed- Conductive-Parts is permitted.
See Appendix A18(d).

9.3 Bathrooms and similar locations

9.3.1 Special provisions are required for the protection against electric shock of persons in locations
containing a bath or shower. Such provisions, as listed in the following Clauses, must also be
applied in other similar situations where persons are likely to be partly clothed and in contact
with water, with or without footwear.

[Note: similar locations would include washrooms, toilets, wudu areas in mosques, etc. The requirements
for swimming pools are listed in Regulation 9.4.]

9.3.2 The following principal requirements must be met for bathrooms and similar locations:

(a) all Final Circuits (including lighting, water heater, extract fan, etc.) must be protected by a RCD
of residual current rating 30mA and complying with BS EN 61008. Such protection may be
grouped across several Circuits at the Final Distribution Board. However, fan-coil units mounted
in a ceiling void in a bathroom may be provided with 100mA RCD protection.

(b) no socket-outlets are permitted except those supplied by an isolating transformer and complying
with BS EN 61558-2-5 (e.g. ‘shaver’ socket-outlet);

(c) all Appliances, Luminaires and other Accessories must have a minimum level of moisture
ingress protection of IPX5;

(d) Appliances, Luminaires or other Accessories may not be installed within Arm’s Reach of a bath,
shower or similar facility. However, such items are permitted within the room containing a bath
or shower at a distance greater than Arm’s Reach from the bath, provided that the requirements
of Clauses 9.3.2(a) to 9.3.2(c) above are complied with. In addition, all switches associated with
such equipment must be installed outside the bathroom or provided with a cord-pull switch; and

e) Appliances, Luminaires or Accessories which are within Arm’s Reach of a bath, shower or
similar facility must be supplied by SELV or PELV and have a minimum level of ingress
protection of IPX5. Underwater lighting must be supplied by SELV at a maximum Voltage of 12
V AC or 30V DC and with ingress protection IPX8.

[Note: items which are within a distance of Arm’s Reach but are inaccessible to persons need not comply with
Clause 9.3.2(e). For example, water pumps installed under a bath which are not accessible without removal
of covers requiring a tool.]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 61 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

9.3.3 The requirement for Earth Leakage Protection on Final Circuits must be met, along with the
requirements for Earthed Equipotential Bonding and Supplementary
Equipotential Bonding. See Guidance note G4(c).

9.4 Swimming pools

9.4.1 The requirements for protection against electric shock for swimming pools are similar to those
of bathrooms, with some exceptions, as follows:

(a) all Final Circuits must be protected by a RCD of residual current rating 30mA and complying
with BS EN 61008. Such protection may be grouped across several Circuits at the Final
Distribution Board. Exceptions may be allowed for high leakage current applications where RCD
protection of 100mA residual current rating may be allowed, but only where such equipment is
out of reach of persons;

[Note: an example of Circuits where 30mA RCD protection may not be practical is floodlighting or large
water pumps. Such items must be out of reach of any person using the swimming pool or any associated
washing areas.]

(b) no socket-outlets are permitted within Arm’s Reach of a swimming pool. Socket-outlets may be
provided outside this distance for purposes such as cleaning of the pool, which must have a
minimum ingress protection of IPX6 and must have an integral RCD of residual current rating
30mA, see Guidance note G7(c);

(c) all Appliances, Luminaries and other Accessories must have a minimum level of moisture ingress
protection of IPX5;

(d) no Appliances, Luminaires or other Accessories may be installed within Arm’s Reach of a
swimming pool. However, such items are permitted within the swimming pool area (but not
shower room area) at a distance greater than Arm’s Reach from the pool, provided that the
requirements of Clauses 9.4.1(a) to 9.4.1(c) above are complied with; and

(e) Appliances, Luminaires or Accessories which are within Arm’s Reach of a swimming pool must
be supplied by SELV or PELV and have a minimum level of ingress protection of IPX7.
Underwater lighting must be supplied by SELV at a maximum Voltage of 12V AC or 30V DC
and with ingress protection IPX8.

9.4.2 The requirement for Earth Leakage Protection on Final Circuits must be met, along with the
requirements for EEB and Supplementary Equipotential Bonding.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 62 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

9.5 Water fountains

9.5.1 The requirements for protection against electric shock for water fountains are similar to those
required for swimming pools, with some exceptions, as follows:

[Note: it is assumed that persons may enter a water fountain for the purpose of maintenance, or other
reason, and the exposure to electric shock is therefore similar to that of swimming pools.]

(a) all Final Circuits must be protected by a RCD of residual current rating 30mA and complying
with BS EN 61008. Such protection may be grouped across several Circuits at the Final
Distribution Board. Exceptions may be allowed for high leakage current applications where RCD
protection of 100mA residual current rating may be allowed, but only where such equipment is
out of reach of any person;

[Note: an example of Circuits where 30mA RCD protection may not be practical is floodlighting or large
water pumps. Such items must be out of reach of persons whilst standing within the water fountain.]

(b) no socket-outlets are permitted within Arm’s Reach of a water fountain. Socket-outlets may be
provided outside this distance for purposes such as cleaning of the water fountain, which must
have a minimum ingress protection of IPX6 and must have an integral RCD of residual current
rating 30mA, see Guidance note G7(c);

(c) all Appliances, Luminaires and other Accessories must have a minimum level of moisture
ingress protection of IPX5;

(d) no Appliances, Luminaires or other Accessories may be installed within Arm’s Reach of a water
fountain. However, such items are permitted at a distance greater than Arm’s Reach from the
water fountain, provided that the requirements of Clauses 9.5.1(a) to 9.5.1(c) above are
complied with; and

(e) Appliances, Luminaires or Accessories which are within Arm’s Reach of a water fountain must
be supplied by SELV or PELV and have a minimum level of ingress protection of IPX7.
Underwater lighting must be supplied by SELV at a maximum voltage of 12V AC or 30V DC
and with ingress protection IPX8.

9.5.2 The requirement for Earth Leakage Protection on Final Circuits must be met, along with the
requirements for EEB and Supplementary Equipotential Bonding.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 63 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

9.6 Temporary Electrical Installations

9.6.1 This Regulation applies to temporary Electrical Installations (e.g. construction sites, work
sites, exhibitions, tents, amusement parks, circuses) which are fixed or movable.

9.6.2 Due to the additional risks of damage and interference to temporary Electrical Installations, the
following precautions should be catered for in the design and construction of such systems:
(a) all cables which are not installed in conduits or trunking must be armoured and adequately
protected against accidental or deliberate interference by persons, and against the effects of
weather;
[Note: type HO7 RN-F braided or armoured cables complying with BS EN 50525 are recommended.]

(b) outdoor temporary Electrical Installations must have a minimum ingress protection level of IP55
and switchgear assemblies must comply with BS 4363 and BS EN 61439-4;

(c) specification for distribution assemblies for RLV electricity supplies for construction and building
sites shall comply with BS 4363;

(d) cables passing on or over walkways and access roads must be adequately enclosed to avoid
Danger. Buried cables must be installed so as to afford adequate protection against damage,
see Guidance note G6;

(e) particular attention should be given to the location, signing and protection of equipment where
the public may have access, in particular children;

(f) equipment should be located and adequate notices displayed so that emergency disconnection
of the electricity supply can be effected without delay. Locking arrangements should be such
that these can be removed in an emergency (e.g. panic bar or keys available in break-out box);

[Note: typically, an emergency power off facility should be provided.]

(g) regular inspection and testing appropriate for the nature and use of the Electrical Installation
and sufficient to ensure compliance with these Regulations at all times shall be carried out;

(h) an Earth Leakage Protected System and an Equipotential Bonded System must be provided in
line with Regulations 5.4 and 5.5; and

(i) outdoor socket-outlets must be provided with integral RCD protection with a residual operating
current of 30mA or less, and must have a minimum ingress protection level of IP55.

[Note: water coolers and drinking fountains must be provided with individual RCD protection, in
addition to that provided at the Final Distribution Board.]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 64 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

9.7 Roadway lighting

9.7.1 This Regulation applies to Electrical installations associated with roadway lighting installed
outdoors to produce quick, accurate, safe and comfortable visibility at night or when visibility is
low at streets, avenues, boulevards and highways.

[Note: the proper use of roadway lighting as an operative tool provides economic and social benefits to
the public as used in the Abu Dhabi Lighting Manual.]

9.7.2 Protection against electric shock for roadway lighting shall be provided by an Earth Leakage
Protected System (Regulation 5.4) and by an Earthed Equipotential Bonded System
(Regulation 5.5). In the latter case, the roadway lighting pole or other structure shall be
connected to a means of Earthing, which will normally be from the Distribution Company supply
cable.
9.7.3 Temporary supplies taken from street lights, such as for decorative lighting or signboards, must
be provided with Earth Leakage Protection using RCDs of residual current rating no greater
than 30mA where within reach of persons, or 100mA where not within reach of persons. Time
delayed devices may be used to avoid nuisance tripping. Alternatively, such supplies may be
provided by SELV or RLV.

[Note: Clauses 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5 and 9.8.6 of these regulations shall apply to Roadway lighting
installations]

9.8 External lighting

9.8.1 This Regulation applies to Electrical Installations associated with external lighting installed
outdoors on Premises (e.g. decorative and landscape lighting etc.).

[Note: the scope does not include specialist high-mast lighting systems, e.g. football stadiums, where
used, the relevant approval shall be sought from the Distribution Company.]

9.8.2 External lighting Luminaires mounted on poles shall be supplied from a suitably rated single
phase RCBO.

[Note: the RCBO would typically be mounted at a lower level within the pole and be accessible via an
opening in the pole normally closed by a secure cover.]

9.8.3 The connecting cable between the Luminaire and the cut- out shall be a 3 core (L-N-E) Double
Insulated heat resistant flexible cable in accordance with BS EN 50525

9.8.4 The cut-out shall include suitably sized shrouded terminals to accommodate for the looping in
and looping out of 3 core (L-N-E) steel wire armoured cables and the connections to the single
phase RCBO

9.8.5 Earth bonding connections to the steel wire armour of the cable, the metal enclosure of the cut-
out or gland plate and the metal pole, shall be made within the cut-out.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 65 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

9.8.6 The cut-out shall be metal enclosed or thermoplastic polymer with minimum ingress protection
of IP55.

9.8.7 Temporary supplies taken from external lighting cut- outs, such as for decorative lighting or
signboards, must be provided with Earth Leakage Protection using RCBOs of residual current
rating preferably 10mA but no greater than 30mA Alternatively, such temporary supplies shall
be SELV or RLV.

9.8.8 All Circuits supplying external lighting shall be single phase and protected by an Earth Leakage
Protected System (Regulation 5.4) and by an Earthed Equipotential Bonded System
(Regulation 5.5).

[Note: the use of three phase supply arrangements must be approved by the Distribution Company.]

9.8.9 Looping of external lighting Circuits shall be via purpose- made junction boxes or cut-outs in
compliance with Clause 7.5.16.

9.9 Marinas and similar locations

9.9.1 This Regulation applies to Electrical Installations in Marinas and similar locations.

9.9.2 Electrical Installation in a Marina environment shall be designed to minimise the following:

(a) risk of electric shock due to the wet environment and proximity to water;

(b) deterioration of the condition of electrical equipment due to the presence of salt and water;

(c) damage to supply cables and flexible cord connections; and

(d) risk of fire and explosion.

[Note: for Electrical Installations on Leisure Crafts, refer to BS EN 60092-507]

9.9.3 Inspection, testing and certification of Electrical Installations in Marinas shall satisfy the
requirements set out in Part 8 of these Regulations.

Cables
9.9.4 Cables shall be selected and installed so that mechanical damage due to tidal and other
movement of craft and other floating structures is prevented.

9.9.5 Where cable management systems are used, they shall be installed to allow the discharge of
water by drainage holes and/or installation of the equipment on an incline.

9.9.6 Where flexible cables are used, they shall be in accordance with BS EN 50525.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 66 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Distribution Boards and Pedestals

9.9.7 Distribution Boards and Pedestals and all equipment mounted thereon and installed outdoors
must be corrosion resistant and give protection against mechanical damage and ingress of dust
and sand. A minimum ingress protection of IP55 is required.

[Note: Selection of IP code must take into account the particular location of the Electrical Installation]

9.9.8 Pedestals must be located in the immediate vicinity of the berths.

9.9.9 In order to minimise the Pedestal exposure to water, any water outlet within the Marina shall be
suitably sited away from the Pedestal.

9.9.10 Pedestals shall include means of local isolation that disconnects phase(s) and neutral

9.9.11 Circuits supplying Pedestals must be individually protected against short-circuit, overload, and
earth leakage. The Earth Leakage Protection shall be effective for leakage currents of 30mA.

[Note: refer to Appendix A21 for general arrangement for the connection of Pedestals]

Socket-Outlets and lighting

9.9.12 Socket-outlets and lights shall be placed at a height of not less than 1m above the highest water
level.

9.9.13 Socket-outlets shall comply with BS EN 60309, refer to Appendix A17(b).

9.9.14 A maximum of four socket-outlets shall be allowed on a single Pedestal.

9.9.15 All single phase socket-outlets and lighting on a common Pedestal shall be connected on the
same phase.

9.9.16 Socket-outlet(s) and lighting in a Pedestal shall be individually protected against short-circuit,
overload, and earth leakage. The Earth Leakage Protection shall be effective for leakage
currents of no greater than 30mA.

9.9.17 There shall be at least one single-phase socket-outlet with a rated current of 16A on each
Pedestal.

[Note: person(s) operating a Leisure Craft must ensure that the Leisure Craft plug is suitable for the
Pedestal socket-outlet rating.]

9.9.18 One socket-outlet shall supply only one Leisure Craft.

9.9.19 All socket-outlets shall be provided with an interlock to prevent the insertion and removal of
plugs under loads.

9.9.20 Single-phase socket-outlets shall be blue in colour, and three-phase socket-outlets shall be red
in colour.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 67 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

9.9.21 Where a three phase socket-outlet(s) is used, a warning sign of the existence of 400V shall be
provided on the Pedestal refer to Appendix A12(a).

9.10 Solar photovoltaic systems

General principles
9.10.1 This Regulation applies to Electrical Installations associated with solar photovoltaic (PV)
systems.

[Note: solar PV system intended for standalone operations (not connected in parallel with the Low Voltage
distribution system) are not covered in these Regulations.]

9.10.2 The design of solar PV systems shall be submitted to the relevant Distribution Company for
approval.

[Note: the solar PV system shall be inspected and tested by the Distribution Company prior to energising
the solar PV system.]

9.10.3 Solar PV system components and switchgear assemblies shall comply with the relevant
equipment standards listed in Appendix (A3).

9.10.4 The designer of a solar PV system shall consider the potential risks during the installation,
operation and maintenance of such systems. The design should consider the assessment of
the installation constraints including wind and structural loading.

9.10.5 Precautions shall be made to ensure that live parts are either not accessible or cannot be
touched during installation, operation and maintenance.

[Note: PV Modules cannot be switched off. A String of solar PV Modules can produce a voltage in excess
of 1000 V DC]

9.10.6 The design and installation of solar PV system shall enable maintenance and service work to
be carried out safely

Protection
9.10.7 Solar PV system components shall be selected and erected so as to minimise the risk of
overloads, and short-circuits.

9.10.8 The wiring of solar PV systems shall withstand external influences such as wind, temperature
and solar radiation.

9.10.9 Equipment on the DC side of the solar PV system shall be suitably rated in consideration of
the highest DC voltage and highest DC current.

9.10.10 The current carrying capacity for solar PV system DC cables shall be at least 1.25 times Short
Circuit Current (Isc) under standard test conditions at any location.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 68 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

9.10.11 All PV DC cables shall be Double Insulated and black in colour.

[Note: to minimise Voltages induced by lightning, the area of all wiring loops shall be as small as possible.]

9.10.12 PV Modules may be connected in series up to the maximum allowed operating voltage of the
PV Module and the PV Inverter, whichever is lower.

9.10.13 The DC side of the solar PV system shall be protected by the use of Class II Equipment.

9.10.14 For Inverters that are able to feed DC fault currents to the AC side of the Electrical Installation,
a type B RCD, in accordance with IEC 62423, shall be provided for the automatic disconnection
of the supply.

9.10.15 Where the DC side of the Electrical Installation is constructed to meet the requirements of an
installation using double or reinforced insulation, no connection to Earth between the PV
Modules or frame and main Earthing terminal is required.

9.10.16 Where blocking diodes are used, they shall be connected in series with the PV String, and their
reverse Voltage shall be rated for 2 times Open Circuit Voltage (Voc) under standard test
condition of the PV String.

9.10.17 The solar PV system shall automatically disconnect from the public grid supply in the event of
loss of grid or deviation of the electricity parameters at the supply terminals.

9.10.18 Single phase Inverters must be interlocked and configured to behave as an integrated
multiphase Inverter providing a reasonably balanced output to all connected phases at all times
whilst connected to the distribution system and taking into account of the permitted disturbance
limits under Clause 4.1.6.

[Note: this can be achieved by the internal controls of the Inverters. If the Inverter is not capable of this
functionality, then protection by the use of a phase balance relay which shall disconnect all Inverters
simultaneously in the absence of reasonable balance is required].

9.10.19 All AC Circuits connected to solar PV system Inverters shall be protected against fault current
by suitably rated overcurrent Protective Devices

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 69 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Isolation and switching

9.10.20 A switch disconnector shall be provided on the DC side of the Inverter with the following
requirements:

(a) the switch disconnector must isolate all live conductors;

(b) the switch disconnector must be in a prominent position;

(c) the switch disconnector must be rated for DC operation at the system Voltage maxima as
calculated;

(d) the switch disconnector must be rated for DC operation at the system current maxima as
calculated;

(e) the switch disconnector must be clearly labelled as shown in Appendix A12(a); and

(f) the switch disconnector must clearly show the “On” and “Off” position.

9.10.21 A switch disconnector shall be provided on the AC side of the Inverter with
the following requirements:

(a) the switch disconnector must be located adjacent to the Inverter;

(b) the switch disconnector must switch all live conductors including the
neutral;
(c) the switch disconnector must be clearly labelled as shown in Appendix
A12(a):
(d) the s w i t c h d i s c o n n e c to r m u s t c l e a r l y s h o w t h e “On” and “Off”
position; and
(e) the switch disconnector must be lockable in the off position only.

9.10.22 Solar PV systems shall be connected via a dedicated Circuit from a switch disconnector located
adjacent to the MDB. The switch disconnector shall be connected via a dedicated Circuit from
the MDB. The switch disconnector shall be a standalone wall mounted unit, clearly labelled,
easily accessed, and lockable. It is also preferable that the switch disconnector function be
incorporated within a suitable enclosure together with the loss of mains protection and metering
devices where required. Refer to Appendix A22.

[Note: the switch disconnector provides isolation of the PV system from the public grid supply.]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 70 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Labelling requirements
9.10.23 All labels must be clear, easily visible, constructed and affixed to remain legible for as long as
the enclosure is in use and written both in English and Arabic. PVC engraved labels shall be
used, see Appendix A12(a).

9.10.24 Labelling along PV DC cables shall indicate the polarity and associated Dangers as shown in
Appendix A12(a). The labels shall be fixed every 5 to 10m.

Inspection and site testing

9.10.25 Inspection and site testing of the completed solar PV system shall be carried out and
documented by a Licensed Contractor under the supervision of a solar PV system designer,
refer to Appendix A20(f) and Appendix A20(g) for a sample Solar PV test and inspection
reports.

9.10.26 The inspection and testing of AC Circuits is covered in Part 8 of these Regulations.

9.10.27 The inspection and testing of the DC side of the Solar PV system shall be in accordance with
the requirements of BS EN 62446. The tests required as a minimum shall include the
following:

(a) connection of conductors;

(b) continuity test of protective Earthing and/or equipotential bonding conductors (where
used);

(c) polarity test;

(d) string Open Circuit Voltage test;

(e) string Short Circuit Current test;

(f) functional tests; and

(g) insulation resistance of the DC Circuits.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 71 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

10. Power factor correction

10.1 General requirements

10.1.1 The power factor at any Connection Point between the Distribution Company and an Owner’s
Electrical Installation shall be maintained between 0.9 lagging and unity.

10.1.2 Air-conditioning units, motors, large electrical machines, fluorescent or discharge lighting, etc.,
shall be provided with power factor correction. Where the requirements in Clause in 10.1.1 still
cannot be achieved, the use of capacitor banks shall be permitted.

[Note: Power factor correction may be provided by a selection of equipment including variable speed
drives, integral capacitors, or other suitable methods. The design must account for restrictions of
disturbances under Clause 4.1.6.]

10.1.3 The use of capacitor banks in residential villas shall be determined by the distribution company
on a case by case basis and hence permitted in accordance with the relevant regulations and
shall be installed in the main intake room.

10.1.4 All power factor correction capacitors shall normally be of dry or oil-filled, metal encapsulated,
sealed type. The use of oil containing PCB (poly-chlorinated biphenyls) is strictly prohibited.

10.1.5 Power factor correction capacitors shall be provided with a means of prompt discharge on
disconnection of the supply Voltage. The discharge circuit shall be permanently or
automatically connected to the capacitor. Manual means of switching or connecting the
discharge circuit is not permitted.

10.1.6 Automatically regulated capacitor banks, when used, shall provide, as far as reasonably
practicable, a smoothed power factor throughout the range of operation.

10.1.7 Capacitor banks and associated components shall be suitably designed and selected to ensure
reliable and continuous operation at a maximum system Voltage of 440V and at a maximum
ambient temperature of 50˚C.

[Note: the design of capacitor banks must be verified by the appropriate type test.]

10.1.8 For induction motors with a permanently connected capacitor unit, the capacitor unit rating
must not exceed 90% of the no-load reactive power of the motor.

[Note: this is required in order to avoid the occurrence of self-excitation on run-down condition of the
motor.]

10.1.9 The occurrence of harmonics while employing variable speed drives, welding machines or
similar devices in Circuits can lead to disturbances in the system and may cause capacitor
failure. To minimise this risk, harmonic filter reactors must be employed in series with
capacitors.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 72 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

10.2 Specifications for capacitors

10.2.1 The Voltage rating of capacitor units shall be 480V as a minimum.

10.2.2 Capacitor units shall be temperature class D.

10.2.3 Capacitor units shall be metal encapsulated.

10.2.4 Capacitor units shall be capable of continuous operation in accordance with the over-voltage
and overcurrent requirements of IEC 60831.

10.2.5 Built-in discharge resistors for capacitors shall be sized to ensure safe discharge of the
capacitor to less than 50V in one minute after a switch off.

[Note: capacitors should not restart until a minimum 3 minutes after the restoration of the supply.]

10.2.6 Each capacitor shall be provided with a permanent nameplate, which includes the following
information:

(a) name of the manufacturer;

(b) serial number;

(c) year of manufacture;

(d) rated reactive power;

(e) rated Voltage (rms);

(f) number of phases;

(g) rated frequency;

(h) statement of discharge device;

(i) short-circuit current; and

(j) statement of liquid fill (if any).

10.2.7 Capacitors shall have provision for effective Earth connection of the case to the capacitor
mounting frame and to the Circuit Earth Conductor.

10.2.8 Capacitors and related components such as regulators, indicating instruments, contactors,
etc., shall be capable of withstanding local environmental conditions.

10.2.9 Contactors shall be suitably rated and designed for capacitive back to back switching with
pre insertion resistors and be able to withstand switching surges. Contactors shall isolate all
three phases on switch off of the capacitor bank or on loss of supply voltage.

10.2.10 Each capacitor step shall be protected against conditions of overload and short-circuit by
means of suitably rated

10.2.11 The capacitor panel must be provided with a suitably rated main incomer isolating switch.
This shall be a three-pole isolator or MCCB. The handle of the incomer isolator or MCCB

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 73 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

shall be interlocked with the door to ensure that the capacitor bank is de-energised when the
door is open.

10.2.12 A capacitor bank shall not be a part of the motor control centre, main LV panel or sub-main
panel, but it shall be accommodated in a separate cubicle, see Appendix A12(d).

10.2.13 Capacitor banks shall conform to the latest relevant international standards, including the
following:

Relevant international standards for capacitors

LV switchboard IEC 61439-1

Degree of protection IEC 60529

LV circuit-breaker and IEC 60947 (1-5)

disconnector

Power factor correction IEC 60831 (1-2)

capacitors

Power factor regulator IEC 60664 and IEC 1010-1

Capacitor switching contactors IEC 60871 and IEC 60831

Detuning reactors IEC 60076-6 and IEC 60076

Low-voltage power
IEC 61921
factor correction banks

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 74 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

11. Electric motors and starters

11.1 General requirements

11.1.1 When motors are starting and running up to full speed, a current higher than the normal full
load amps (FLA) is drawn. This starting current results in a Voltage drop. The permissible
Voltage drop levels are as stated in the Electricity Distribution Code. The motor starting current
and resulting Voltage drop is reduced when motor starters employing current limiting starting
equipment are used.

11.1.2 All single-phase motors above 1 HP and three-phase motors above 3 HP shall
be provided with current limiting starting equipment to effectively keep the
starting current within the following limits:

Maximum
Rating of motor permissible
starting
current
1 HP to 5 HP 5 x full-load current

Above 5 HP and up to 50 HP 2 x full-load current

Above 50 HP and up to 150 HP 1.5 x full-load current

[Note: it is preferred that modern practice is followed by the provision of variable frequency drives, where
appropriate, to limit the starting current but also to afford further control and reduce the energy usage.
Other starting techniques such as star-delta, primary resistance starter, auto transformer or electronic
soft starter may also be considered depending on the application.]

11.1.3 Where motor ratings and starting currents exceed those above, then the relevant diagrams,
operation information, protection arrangements, starter details, system Voltage drop
calculations etc. must be provided to the Distribution Company to gain approval for connection.

11.1.4 All electric motors shall be provided with internal proprietary terminal block to facilitate
connection

11.1.5 Wiring and control diagrams must be permanently fixed, adjacent to motors.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 75 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

11.2 Protection and isolation

11.2.1 All electric motors shall be adequately protected against overload, short-circuit, loss of one or
more phases and Voltage dips, etc. as appropriate for each application. Emergency fire fighting
motors or pumps are excluded from this Clause as they may be required to operate to failure
without the provision of Protective Devices.

[Note: motor control and protection equipment must be arranged so that re-starting is not automatic after
automatic tripping due to a fault or other disturbance mentioned in Clause 11.2.1 above. It is
recommended that air-conditioning units above 3kW be provided with under-Voltage tripping relays
operating at 75% of the nominal supply Voltage and with an auto-reset timer set at between 5 and 10
minutes.]

11.2.2 All electric motors above 5 HP must be provided with protection against mechanical overload.

11.2.3 Emergency switching (e.g. push-button switch) shall be provided for moving machinery
which may require immediate manual disconnection from the supply in case of an accident or
other situation to avoid Danger.

11.2.4 All mechanical equipment shall be provided with a means of isolation close to the equipment
which can be locked and kept under the control of the person performing maintenance, see
Guidance note G9.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 76 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

12. Standby generators

12.1 General requirements

12.1.1 Installation and connection of standby generators in any Electrical Installation, for the purpose
of maintaining power in the case of a failure of the incoming supply, shall be permitted only
with the prior approval of the Distribution Company.

12.1.2 The changeover circuit-breaker shall have 4 poles for a three-phase generator and 2 poles for
a single-phase generator, to ensure that all live and neutral conductors are disconnected at
the same time.

12.1.3 The installation and changeover arrangements must ensure that there is no possibility of
paralleling the generator and incoming mains supply. If paralleling arrangements are required,
these must be mechanically and electrically interlocked and be specifically assessed and
approved by the Distribution Company.

12.1.4 The requirements for generator connections and Earthing arrangements are provided in the
Electricity Distribution Code.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 77 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

13. Electrical Vehicle (EV) Charging Systems

13.1 General Principles
13.1.1 This Part applies to the installation of both AC and DC dedicated conductive charging
equipment for charging of battery powered Electric Vehicles.

[Note: see Installation of Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) Guidance Document Jan 2017]

13.1.2 This Part does not cover inductive charging equipment and Electrical Installations meant for
scooters or similar vehicles of 10A and less.

13.1.3 The technical requirements set out in this Part applies to all locations where such equipment
may be required, such locations include but are not limited to domestic installations, on-street
installations, public and private car parks, malls, offices, and single-level or multi-story car
parks.

13.1.4 The Electrical Vehicle charging equipment, also known as the Electrical Vehicle Supply
Equipment (EVSE), are fixed Electrical Installations which are connected to the mains
electrical supply and provide electrical energy to recharge the traction batteries of electrically
propelled road vehicles.

13.1.5 EVSE shall be designed, installed, maintained and tested in accordance with the listed
technical requirements of this Part as well as all relevant requirements of the Electricity
Wiring Regulations.

13.1.6 The design of EVSE shall be submitted to the relevant Distribution Company for review and
approval.

[Note: EVSE shall be inspected and tested by the Distribution Company prior to energisation.]

13.1.7 The designer of EVSE shall consider the potential risks during the installation, operation and
maintenance of such Equipment and systems.

13.1.8 The design should consider protection against vehicle impact, EVSE shall be installed in a
position to minimise the likelihood of vehicle impact damage.

[Note: Where the likelihood of vehicle impact damage cannot be minimised, the use of additional
protection barriers shall be installed. A typical protection against mechanical stress impact for EVSE
installed outdoors is IK10 in accordance with IEC 62262]

13.1.9 EVSE shall be installed in a position to avoid obstruction to public or private footpaths and
it shall not be installed in such a position that causes unnecessary trip hazard.

[Note: Electrical wiring shall be routed to avoid creating potential trip hazard, and suitably clipped
or enclosed in a containment system.]

13.1.10 EVSE shall be installed so as to minimise the distance between the Vehicle Inlet and the
charging equipment.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 78 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

13.1.11 EVSE shall not be installed in locations where potentially explosive atmosphere exists
such as petrol stations. Where it is required to have EVSE equipment in such locations it
must be installed outside the hazardous zone.

13.1.12 Precautions shall be made to ensure that live parts are either not accessible or cannot be
touched during installation, operation and maintenance.

13.1.13 The design and installation of EVSE shall enable maintenance and service work to be
carried out safely.

13.1.14 Means of preventing unauthorized usage of the charging facilities such as housing the
socket outlet in a padlocked box or using an access card for energising charging facility
etc. may be provided as necessary especially for outdoor installations.

13.1.15 EVSE shall be installed with sufficient space around it to allow for adequate ventilation
and cooling of the equipment (e.g. DC charging equipment incorporating rectifiers).

[Note: It is strongly recommended that the designer and installer of the EV charging equipment
electrical installation refer to the manufacturer’s installation and operational instructions supplied
with the equipment for details.]

13.1.16 EVSE and all associated equipment shall have an IP rating suitable for the installation
location; for indoor locations a minimum ingress protection of IP44 shall be used; for
outdoor locations a minimum ingress protection of IP55 shall be used.

13.1.17 For domestic usage (i.e. home charging), Mode-2 charging is recommended, however
installation of the In-cable control and protection devices (IC-CPD) for mode 2 charging
of electric road vehicles shall be in accordance with IEC 62752. The use of Mode-3
charging in homes may be allowed with a maximum rating of 32A and with the prior
approval from the Distribution Company. For areas accessed by the public only Mode-3
and Mode-4 can be used.

13.1.18 EVSE components shall comply with the relevant reference standards provided in the
table below and any other relevant standards in Appendix A3.

Components BS IEC
Electric Vehicle (EV) and Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE)
EV conductive charging system 61851-1* 61851-1
61851-21* 61851-21
61851-23* 61851-23
61851-24* 61851-24
Plugs, socket-outlets, Vehicle Connectors and 62196-1* 62196-1
Vehicle Inlets. Conductive charging of electric, 62196-2* 62196-2
vehicles, In-cable 62196-3* 62196-3
62752* 62752
Degrees of protection provided by enclosures,
IP code 60529* 60529

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 79 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

External mechanical impact protection

62262* 62262

[Note: British Standards marked with an asterix * are also issued as European Standards under the
same number (labelled as BS EN).]

13.2 Final Circuit

13.2.1 EVSE shall be supplied by a separate and a dedicated Radial Circuit that supplies no other
loads except ventilation equipment intended for use with the EVSE where required.
However, more than one EVSE can be fed from the same supply Circuit, provided that the
combined current demand of the equipment does not exceed the rating of the supply Circuit.

[Note: For the purpose of these Regulations, EV charging loads are considered to be continuous. It
shall be considered that in normal use, each single charging point is used at its rated current.]

13.2.2 Cables supplying EVSE shall be mechanically protected by means of metal sheath/armour,
or installed inside a rigid steel conduit, plastic or PVC conduit, refer to Clause 7.5.2 and
7.5.8.

13.2.3 Each Final Circuit shall be sized to carry the rated current of the EVSE and with limited
voltage drop as required by the Electricity Wiring Regulations, and the instructions of the
EV charging equipment manufacturer, refer to Clause 7.5.10.

13.2.4 Where the final circuit supplies more than one EVSE charging point no diversity shall be
allowed. The use of a diversity factor may be allowed for a dedicated distribution circuit
supplying multiple EVSE charging points if load control is available.

13.2.5 Cable Extension unit must not be used with the EV charging cable assembly.

13.3 Socket and Connectors

13.3.1 One socket-outlet or Vehicle Connector shall be used to charge only one EV.

13.3.2 For residential villas, a minimum of one EV charging point located in a suitable location is
recommended.

13.3.3 EVSE shall be installed such that the main operating controls and any socket-outlet are
between 0.75m and 1.2m above ground.

[Note: Mounting height may be varied for special circumstances such as access for disabled
persons or physical condition at the site.]

13.3.4 The use of Mode-1 charging is not permitted under these Regulations due to the lack of
safety measures associated with this mode of charging.

13.3.5 For Mode 2 charging, each AC charging point shall incorporate an interlocked socket-
outlet complying with BS EN 60309. The rating of the socket-outlet shall not exceed 32A.

[Note: Mode 2 charging cables must have an In-Cable Control Box typically provided by the EV
manufacturer.]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 80 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

13.3.6 For Mode 3 charging, each AC charging point shall incorporate a Vehicle Connector or a
type-2 socket-outlet complying with BS EN 62196-2.

13.3.7 For Mode 4 charging, a connector complying with IEC 62196 type 4 is to be used with the
use of a tethered cable.

13.3.8 For Mode 3 and Mode 4 mechanical or electrical locking system shall be provided to
prevent unintentional plugging or unplugging of the Vehicle Connector unless switched
off from the supply.

13.3.9 EV manufacturers’ instructions should be followed when determining the type of socket-
outlet to be installed.

13.3.10 If different modes are combined on a single Vehicle Connector, IEC 62196-3 type 2
‘Combo 2’ connector shall be used

13.4 Isolation and switching

13.4.1 A means of isolating the supply to the EVSE circuit shall be provided, in accordance with
Regulation 5.6. This isolating device shall be capable of being locked in the open
position and also located in a position that is readily accessible for maintenance
purposes and shall be suitably identified by marking and/or labelling.

13.4.2 Where an emergency switch is provided it shall be located in a position that is readily
accessible and shall be suitably identified by marking and/or labelling and shall
disconnect all live conductors including the neutral.

13.5 Protection
13.5.1 EVE and all associated equipment shall be selected and erected so as to minimise the
risk of overloads, and short-circuits.

13.5.2 Each Final Circuit shall be individually protected against fault current by a suitably rated
overcurrent Protective Devices.

13.5.3 Basic protection against electrical shock shall be provided by automatic disconnection of
supply or electrical separation. Refer to Regulation 5.3.

13.5.4 Every charging point shall be individually protected by a 30mA RCD. The RCD shall
disconnect all live conductors, including the neutral.

[Note: Either an RCBO or RCD with characteristics of type A is acceptable. If it is known that the
DC component of the residual current exceeds 6mA then a Type B RCD complying with IEC
62423 shall be used.]

13.5.5 The requirements of Earth Leakage Protection on Final Circuits must be met, along with
the requirements for Earthed Equipotential Bonding and Supplementary Equipotential
Bonding. Refer to Regulations 5.4 and 5.5.

[Note: There should be discrimination between any RCD installed at the connecting point or
incorporated in the charging equipment and the protection at the origin of the Circuit (e.g. Type
S RCD used at the origin.]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 81 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

13.6 Labelling requirements

13.6.1 All labelling and identifications requirements listed in section 3.6 of the Electricity Wiring
Regulations are applicable to this Part.

13.6.2 All labels must be clear, easily visible, constructed and affixed to remain legible for as
long as the enclosure is in use and written both in English and Arabic.

13.6.3 An operation instruction for the charging facility including essential information of the
rated voltage (V), frequency (Hz), current (A), and number of phase shall be displayed
at a prominent location at each of the parking space with EVSE.

13.6.4 Directional signage inside and outside car park is recommended to direct EV drivers to
designated parking spaces with EVSE.

13.7 Inspection and site testing

13.7.1 Upon completing the installation of the EVSE and before energisation, the installation shall
be inspected and tested by a Licensed Contractor to verify that the installation complies
with the manufacturer’s instructions, all applicable standards as well as these Regulations.

13.7.2 Periodic inspections and testing shall be carried out in accordance with these Regulation,
and the manufacturer recommendations.

13.7.3 Refer to Part 8 of the Regulations for the required inspection, site testing and certification.

13.8 Provision of information

13.8.1 Owners and operators of EVSE are required to provide such information to the DoE
concerning the activities and services relevant to their EVSE as the DoE may request.

13.8.2 Owners and operators of EVSE accessed by the public are required to submit to the DoE,
where requested to do so, complete information on the service charge rate and the
payment mechanism they levy on their customers if any (i.e. EV drivers).

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 82 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

14 Review of DoE decision

14.1 Application for review
14.1.1 Any application for enquiry, clarification, dispute, relaxation relevant to these Regulations
must be in the first instance made in writing to the Distribution Company with supporting
documents who in turn shall provide a resolution.

14.1.2 The Distribution Company may seek further clarifications and/or more documents from
the applicant to assist with resolving the case in question.

14.1.3 The Distribution Company may seek support from the DoE to assist with providing a
resolution to the case.

14.1.4 In the event the distribution company fails to provide a satisfactory resolution or should
the applicant wish to appeal the decision of the Distribution Company, an application
must be made in writing to the DoE and submitted with supporting documents.

14.2 Timescale for application for review

14.2.1 The time scale for application to be reviewed by DoE is 30 calendar days.

14.3 Extension of time for application for review

14.3.1 Licensee/Applicant will be informed in case of any extension of time required for
application review.

14.4 DoE request for information

14.4.1 DoE may request from an Entity making an application for a decision, any information or
documentation it considers reasonable and necessary in the circumstances and the
Entity must provide such information within the period specified by the DoE.

14.5 DoE decision

14.3.1 DoE shall notify the Entity which made the application of its final decision

14.3.2. DoE may:

(a) Make any decision it sees fit in the circumstances; and/or

(b) Issue directions as it sees fit to the Entity which made the application for review and to
any third party. Any decisions or directions issued by DoE are binding on the Entity which
made the application for review and any third party stated in these decisions or
directions.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 83 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

(c) Failure to comply with decisions or directions issued by DoE under this Part shall be
considered as a failure to comply with these Regulations.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 84 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

15. Failure to comply with Regulations

15.1 Reporting failures

15.1.1 Any failure to comply with these Regulations or any act that may be considered as a failure
to comply with these Regulations must be reported to the DoE.

15.2 Enforcement procedures

15.2.1 In case of failure to comply with these Regulations, the DoE may issue a written warning
notice to the non-complying Entity.

15.2.2 The warning notice shall include:

(a) The name of the Entity;

(b) The regulation which has been violated;

(c) A tolerance period to comply;

(d) The enforcement procedures to be taken against the Entity in case it does not comply
with the Regulations within the tolerance period.

15.2.3 Without prejudice to any other stricter punishment provided in any other legislation, an
administrative fine of not more than (AED 10,000,000) ten million dirhams shall be imposed
on anyone who contravenes the provisions of these Regulations and the rules, policies,
decisions, circulars, codes issued thereunder pursuant to Article (10) Law No (11) of 2018.

15.2.4 After Executive Council’s approval, the DoE Chairman shall issue the table of offenses and
fines for violating any of these Regulations and the rules, policies, decisions, circulars, and
codes issued thereunder.

15.2.5 The DoE shall remove any violation of these Regulations at the expense of the violator if the
latter does not remove it as specified by DoE.

15.2.6 The DoE reserves the right to take further administrative sanctions against violators in
accordance with Article (11) of Law No (11) of 2018

15.2.7 Failure to comply with these Regulations (or any party herein) may be also deemed as a
breach of a license condition where applicable.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 85 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

16. Governing Law

16.1 Governing Law

16.1.1 These Regulations and the rights and duties of any parties hereunder shall be governed by
the laws of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and the federal laws of the UAE as applied by the courts
of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 86 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

17. Appendices
A1. Glossary of terms and abbreviations
A Amps or Amperes
ACB Air Circuit Breaker
AC alternating current
a/c air-conditioning
BS British Standard
BS EN British Standard which has been published under the European Normalisation procedure
BSI British Standards Institute
CB Circuit Breaker
CP Connection Point (see definitions)
CEC Circuit Earth Conductor (see definitions)
CPC Circuit Protective Conductor (see definition for CEC)
DC direct current
ECC Earth Continuity Conductor (see definition for CEC)
EEB Earthed Equipotential Bonding (see definitions)
EEBS Earthed Equipotential Bonded System (see definitions)
E/F Earth Fault (protective device)
ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit-Breaker
ELP Earth Leakage Protection (see definitions)
ELPS Earth Leakage Protected System (see definitions)
ELV Extra-Low Voltage (see definitions)
EN European Normalisation standard document ESMA Emirates Standardization & Metrology
Authority FCU Fan Coil Unit

ESMA Emirates Standardization & Metrology Authority

FCU Fan Coil Unit
FDB Final Distribution Board (see definitions)
HP Horse-Power (= 0.746kW)
HRC High Rupture Capacity (fuse)
HV High Voltage (see definitions)
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
In Nominal current rating or current setting of a Protective Device

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 87 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A1. Glossary of terms and abbreviations (Continued.)

kA kilo-Amps
kV kilo-Volts
LV Low Voltage (see definitions)
m Metres
MCB Miniature Circuit-Breaker
MCCB Moulded Case Circuit-Breaker
MDB Main Distribution Board (see definitions)
MEC Main Earth Conductor (see definitions)
MET Main Earth Terminal (see definitions)
MICC Mineral Insulated Copper-Clad (type of cable)
ms milli-seconds
˚C degrees Celsius
PELV Protective Extra-Low Voltage (see definitions)
PV Photovoltaic
PVC Poly-vinyl Chloride (insulation for LV cables)
r.m.s root-mean-square (value of voltage, current etc.)
RCBO Residual Current Breaker (with) Overcurrent Protection
RCCB Residual Current Circuit-Breaker
RCD Residual Current Device (see definitions)
RLV Reduced Low Voltage (see definitions)
Sec Seconds
S cross-sectional area (of conductors, mm²)
SMDB Sub Main Distribution Board (see definitions)
SELV Separated Extra-Low Voltage (see definitions)
TN-S a Distribution Company Earthed System (see definitions)
TT a Locally Earthed System (see definitions)
Uo nominal phase Voltage
WED Water and Electricity Department (Abu Dhabi)
Ze External Earth Fault Loop Impedance at Intake
Zs Total Earth Fault Loop Impedance (see definitions)
ZR1+R2 Internal Loop Impedance (R1 = resistance of Circuit conductor, R2 = resistance of Earth Conductor)

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 88 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A2. Recommended Books and references

(1) Requirements for Electrical Installations (BS 7671: 2018) The Institution of Engineering and
Technology (formerly the Institution of Electrical Engineers)

(2) IEE Guidance Note 8 - Earthing & Bonding

The Institution of Engineering and Technology

(3) IEE Guidance Note 7 – Special Locations

The Institution of Engineering and Technology

(4) IEE Guidance Note 5 – Protection Against Electric Shock

The Institution of Engineering and Technology

(5) Exam Success – The IEE Wiring Regulations 2381

The Institution of Engineering and Technology, City & Guilds

(6) The IEE On-site Guide to BS 7671:2008 (2011)

The Institution of Engineering and Technology

(7) The IEE Electrical Installation Design Guide

The Institution of Engineering and Technology

(8) The Electricians Guide – 3rd Edition

John Whitfield, EPA Press

(9) Testing Electrical Installations

A Hinsley, Castleknight Publications

(10) Advanced Testing Techniques

A Hinsley, Castleknight Publications

(11) Inspection, Testing and Certification

The Electrical Safety Council (NICEIC)

(12) Snags and Solutions Part 1 – Earthing & Bonding

The National Inspection Council for Electrical Installation Contracting (NICEIC)

(13) Domestic Electrical Installation Guide

The National Inspection Council for Electrical Installation Contracting (NICEIC)

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 89 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A2. Continued…
(14) Abu Dhabi Emirate Environment Health and Safety Management

System (ADEHSMS) COP15 - Electrical Safety

(15) Former ADWEA Wiring Rules and Regulations for LV Installations 2003,

Abu Dhabi Water and Electricity Authority

(16) Regulations for Electrical Installation Works 1980

Water and Electricity Department (WED) of Abu Dhabi

(17) The Earth Leakage Protection Regulations 2001

The former Regulation and Supervision Bureau

(18) Regulations for Electrical Installations 1997

Dubai Electricity Authority

(19) Rules and Regulations of Electrical Connections

Sharjah Electricity and Water Authority

(20) The Australian & New Zealand Wiring Rules AS/NZS 3000:2000

Standards Australia/Standards New Zealand

(21) The Electricity Safety (Installations) Regulations 1999

Government of Victoria (Australia)

(22) The Electricity Safety (Network Assets) Regulations 1999

Government of Victoria (Australia)

(23) Industry Standard for Electrical Installations on Construction

Sites Office of the Chief Electrical Inspector, Victoria (Australia)

(24) New Zealand Code of Practice for Homeowner / Occupier’s Electrical Wiring Work,

Energy Safety Service, Wellington, New Zealand

(25) Code of Practice for Safe Electrical Work

Office of the Chief Electrical Inspector, Victoria (Australia)

(26) The Electricity Safety, Quality and Continuity Regulations 2002

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 90 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A2. Continued…
(27) The Electricity Safety, Quality and Continuity Regulations 2002

Her Majesty’s Stationary Office, UK

(28) The Plugs and Sockets etc. (Safety) Regulations 1994

Her Majesty’s Stationary Office, UK

(29) The Low Voltage Electrical Equipment (Safety) Regulations 1989 (Adoption of the Low Voltage
Directive No. 73/23/ EEC) Her Majesty’s Stationary Office, UK

(30) The Electrical Equipment (Safety) Regulations 1994

Her Majesty’s Stationary Office, UK

(31) Cahier Technique no. 172 – Earthing Systems in LV

B Lacroix, R Calvas, Schneider Electric

(32) Cahier Technique no. 173 – Earthing Systems Worldwide

B Lacroix, R Calvas, Schneider Electric

(33) Neutral Earthing in LV Networks

A Robert, J Hoeffelman, CIRED Conference June 2001

(34) Plugs and Sockets Around the World

Conrad H. McGregor, World Standards

(35) The Distribution Code – Annex 1 – E/R 1 – Limits for Harmonics in the Electricity Supply System
Approved by the former Regulation and Supervision Bureau

(36) The Distribution Code – Annex 1 – E/R 7 – Limits for Voltage Fluctuations in the Electricity Supply
System Approved by the former Regulation and Supervision Bureau

(37) The Distribution Code – Annex 1 – E/R 10 – Limits for Voltage Unbalance in the Electricity Supply
System Approved by the former Regulation and Supervision Bureau

(38) Designing for Low Resistance Grounding

Lightning Eliminators & Consultants, Inc

(39) Guide to the Installation of Photovoltaic Systems

Microgeneration Certification Scheme (‘MCS’)

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 91 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A3. Reference standards

Components BS IEC

Cables
Power & lighting (70˚C PVC,
6004 502
thermoplastic)
50525-1:2011*,
Power and lighting (90˚C rubber, 50525-2-41:2011*,
thermosetting) 50525-2-42:2011*,
7889
Mineral insulated (copper-clad) 60702-3:2016* 702
60702-1*
50525-1:2011*,
50525-2-11:2011*,
Flexible cables & cords (domestic) 50525-2-12:2011*, 227
50525-2-21:2011*,
50525-2-71:2011*
50525-1:2011*,
50525-2-11:2011*,
50525-2-21:2011*,
Flexible cables & cords (industrial) 245
50525-2-51:2011*,
50525-2-83:2011*,
50525-3-21:2011*
Low smoke (90˚C rubber, 7846, 7211, 6724,
thermosetting) 7629
Armoured cables (90˚C rubber,
5467
thermosetting)
Switchgear and control wiring 6231
Flexible cables for lifts 50214*
Cable glands 6121
Crimp connectors 61238*
Cable cleats 61914*
Conduits & trunking
4568, 60423*,
Steel 423, 614
61386-21,
61386*,61386*,
80000*
PVC 4607
Flexible steel 61386-23
Cable tray 61537*
Trunking 4678*

The standards listed below are for typical components used in an Electrical Installation. However, this list
is not exhaustive and the latest relevant BS or IEC standards should be used.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 92 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A3. Continued…
Components BS IEC

Electrical Accessories

General 5733
Ceiling roses 67
Cooker Control Units 4177

Household Appliances 60335*

Plugs & socket-outlets (domestic) 546, 1363, 4573

Plugs & socket-outlets (industrial) 60309*
Switches (domestic) 60669*
Lighting 60598*
Emergency lighting 5266
Signs and discharge lighting 559
Isolating (safety) transformers 61558*

LV switchgear & assemblies

General 61439* 61439

Contactors & motor starters 60947* 947
Circuit-Breakers (MCB, MCCB) 60898* 898
Circuit-Breakers (RCD, RCBO) 61008*, 61009* 1008, 755

Fuses 88, 60269* 269

Busbar trunking systems 61439-6* 61439-6

General

Fire / combustibility test 60695- 4* 60695

Degrees of protection & ingress 60529* 60529
Assemblies for construction sites 4363 364-7-704
Hazardous areas 60079* 60079
Lightning protection 62305* 62305
7430, 951,
Earthing 364-5-54
4444

Wiring diagram symbols 60617

Identification and marking of the man-machine
60445*
interface

RCD socket-outlets 7288

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 93 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A3. Continued…

Components BS IEC

Solar PV system
Thin-film terrestrial photovoltaic PV
61215* 61215
modules
Crystalline silicon terrestrial PV
61215* 61215
modules
Solar PV modules safety 61730-1* 61730-1,
qualification 61730-2* 61730-2
Solar PV inverters degree of
60529* 60529
protection
Solar PV inverters protection class 60664-1* 60664-1
Solar PV inverters characteristics of
61727* 61727
the utility interface
61000-6-1,
Solar PV inverters EMC 61000-6-2,
61000*
Conformance 61000-6-3,
61000-6-4
61000-3-2,
Solar PV inverters Harmonics 61000-3-3,
61000*
Conformance 61000-3-11,
61000-3-12
Solar PV inverters power converting
62109* 62109
equipment safety
Solar PV DC cable See Note 4 See Note 4
Solar PV DC connectors 62852* 62852
RCD Type B 62423* 62423

Note 1: British Standards marked with an asterix * are also issued as European Standards under the
same number (labelled as BS EN).

Note 2: for compliance requirements under the Regulations see Clause 3.1.2 and 3.1.4.

Note 3: reference standards for capacitors are given under Regulation 10.2.

Note 4: for solar DC cables the following standards may be referenced UL 4703, TUV 2 PfG
1169/08.2007, VDE E PV 01:2008-02 and BS EN 50618.

British Standards are issued by the British Standards Institute (BSI), a UK National Standards body.
The UK Wiring Regulations (BS 7671) are published jointly by BSI and the IET (formerly known as the
IEE). The BSI represents UK international standards work through the British Electrotechnical
Committee (BEC) which is a member of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) and also
a member of the European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation (CENELEC). There are 24
member countries of CENLEC (formed in 1973) whose role is to prepare standards for the European
market. CENELEC issues ‘EN’ standards which are adopted by the member countries, and ‘HD’
standards which are adopted in their general technical content by member countries. The IEC (formed
in 1906) has 48 member countries and IEC standards may be adopted voluntarily by any country.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 94 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A4. List of regulations and Clauses which do not apply to existing Electrical
Installations
The Electricity Wiring Regulations are effective from 1 January 2008. For any Electrical Installations
which were constructed prior to this date, the following Regulations do not apply.

Clause or Regulation Reason Application

Clause 3.1.4 Installation components Does not apply (see also

to meet international Clause 3.3.3 referring
standards to repairs to existing
installations)
Clause 3.5.6 Requirement for Earth Does not apply
Clause 5.3.4 Leakage Protection
Clause 5.5.1 (ELP) and Earthed
Equipotential Bonding
(EEB)
Clause 4.2.9 Emergency lighting in Does not apply
Electricity Intake rooms
Clause 7.1.1 Prohibition of BS 546 Does not apply but it
plugs and socket-outlets is recommended to
in domestic premised replace BS 546 socket-
outlets with BS 1363
type
Clause 7.8.6 All Final Distribution Does not apply if a single
Boards must, be RCD of residual operating
current 30mA is fitted to
arranged so as to
cover the whole DB, or a
provide for at least two RCD of residual operating
zones of ELP current of 100mA is fitted
to cover the whole DB and
30mA RCBOs fitted in
the DB for all bathrooms
and socket-outlet circuits.
Otherwise this Regulation
shall apply after 1 January
2015, or the date of the
next inspection or re-
certification, whichever is
the earlier

Note: for the avoidance of doubt, for any Electrical Installations constructed before 1
January 2008, Clause 7.8.6 (Regulation 7.8) shall apply on the date of the next
inspection or re-certification, unless the conditions in the above table are
satisfied.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 95 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(a) Distribution Company Earthed System (TN-S)

[ see Regulation 6.2]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 96 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(b) Locally Earthed System (TT)

[ see Regulation 6.2]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 97 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(c) Distribution Company Earthed System with Locally Earthed System

(TN-S and TT)

[see Regulation 6.2]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 98 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(d) Earthed Electrode pit and standard labels

[ see Clauses 5.5.11, 6.4.3 and 6.5.6]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 99 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(e) Main Earth Terminal (MET) at Main Distribution Board (MDB)

[ see Regulation 6.2 and 6.3]

Note 1: illustration shows a Distribution Company Earthed System with a Locally Earthed System (TN-S and
TT).

Note 2: for sizing of Earth Conductors refer to Appendix A5(j) (S for cables up to 16mm2, 16mm2 for cables
𝑆
up to 35mm2 and above this).
2

Note 3: this arrangement shows single core cables for SMDBs, other arrangement may be used (e.g. cables
with SWA with separate Earth Conductor).

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 100 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(f) Main Earth Conductor (MEC) and Circuit Earth Conductor (CEC)

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 101 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(f) Continued…
Note 1: common terminology (outside these Regulations) includes CPC (Circuit Protective Conductor) and
ECC (Earth Continuity Conductor) in place of CEC illustrated above. [see Regulation 6.2]

Note 2: for sizing of Earth Conductors refer to Appendix A5(j) (S for cables up to 16mm 2, 16mm2 for cables
𝑆
up to 35mm2 and above this).
2

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 102 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(g) Components of Earth Fault Loop Impedance

[ see Regulation 6.7]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 103 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(h) Earth Fault Loop Impedance values required for MCBs (at 230V)

5(h) Device rating (A) MCB MCB MCB

type B type C type D

3 14.57 - -

6 7.28 3.64 1.82

10 4.37 2.19 1.09

16
2.73 1.37 0.68
20 2.19 1.09 0.55

25
1.75 0.87 0.44
32 1.37 0.68 0.34

40 1.09 0.55 0.27

50 0.87 0.44 0.22

63 0.69 0.35 0.17

[from table 41.3 of BS 7671]

Note 1: the above values are given for conductor temperatures of 70˚C. As measurements are
normally taken at room temperature the measured values must be approximately 20% less
than tabulated above.

Note 2: the above values are used as an alternative to calculating the disconnection time for each
specific situation, i.e. MCBs will operate in the instantaneous mode if the Earth Fault Loop
Impedance value is kept below the above, levels. For impedance values higher than shown
above, it is still possible to comply with the requirement of 0.4s disconnection for all Circuits
in an Electrical Installation if a check is made against the manufacturer’s time- current
performance chart.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 104 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(i) Resistance per metre of copper conductors

Conductor cross-sectional area (mm²) Resistance per metre (milli-

ohms)

1.0 18.1

1.5 12.1

2.5 7.41

4.0 4.61

6.0 3.08

10.0 1.83

16.0 1.15

25.0 0.73

[above values at 20℃ ]

Note: to allow for the increase in resistance with increased temperature under fault conditions
these values must be multiplied by 1.2 for PVC insulated cables.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 105 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(j) Sizing of Earth Conductors and Equipotential Bonding Conductors

Minimum cross- sectional Minimum cross- sectional

Cross sectional area of
area of Earth conductors area of equipotential
phase and neutral
[see note 1] bonding conductors
conductors (S) (mm2)
(mm2) (mm2)
A5(j)

S 𝑆
S ≤ 16 (not less than 1.5 see 2
note 2) (not less than 4 or 6,
see note 3)

16 < S ≤ 35 16 10

S > 35 𝑆
𝑆
4
2 (but not exceeding 25)

[from table 54.7 of BS 7671]

Note 1: for Main Earth Conductors between Earth Electrodes and the Main Earth Terminal of an Electrical
Installation, S should be taken as the cross- sectional area of the conductors of the incoming supply
cable. For Circuit Earth Conductors S should be taken as the cross-sectional area of the Circuit
phase conductors.

Note 2: Earth Conductors must always be insulated and a cross-sectional area of less than 1.5mm2 must
not be used unless they are an integral part of a sheathed cable (e.g. an Appliance flexible cord).

Note 3: Main Equipotential Bonding Conductors should be sized according to the live conductors of the
incoming supply, but should not be less than 6mm2. Supplementary Bonding Conductors should
be sized according to the live conductors of the circuit to which they are connected but should not
be less than 4mm2.

Note 4: as an alternative to using the above selection table, the sizing of Earth Conductors and Equipotential
Bonding Conductors may be calculated using the adiabatic equation provided in the IET Wiring
Regulations BS 7671:2018 paragraph 543.1.3. This normally allows smaller sizes of Earth
Conductor to be used.

For example: 4mm2 earth for 6mm2 circuit conductor

2.5mm2 earth for 4mm2 circuit conductor
1.5mm2 earth for 2.5mm2 circuit conductor

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 106 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(k) Minimum number of Earth Electrodes

The number of Earth Electrodes required at a Premises will be determined primarily by the value of
Earth Resistance that can be achieved from each. However, the minimum number in any case shall
be as shown below:

Main incoming circuit- Minimum Minimum size of main

breaker rating (Amps) number of Earth Conductor (mm2)
Earth
Electrodes

60/100 1 16

200 1 50

300 1 50

400 1 70

500 2 70

600 2 70

800 2 70

1000 2 70

1600 2 70

2000 2 150

2500 2 150

Note 1: standard Earth Electrode diameters are 9mm, 12.5mm or 15mm for copper-clad steel, or 16mm for
stainless steel. Standard lengths are 1.2m or 1.5m (see also BS 7430).

Note 2: structural foundations of large buildings may be used as Earth Electrodes, see Clause 6.4.8 and 6.8.4.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 107 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(l) Mandatory connections to Earth Conductors

The following items must be connected to the Circuit Earth Conductor, which should be provided
separately for each Final Circuit, insulated with green/yellow PVC sheath, be of the appropriate size
(Appendix A5(j)) and be installed in the same conduits or routes as the phase and neutral conductors.

Items where connections must be made to the Circuit Earth Conductor

Distribution Boards: Exposed-Conductive-Parts (frame, door etc.)

Metal conduits, trunking, Cable Trays and ladders: at start and end of runs, at pulling points
intersections and inspection boxes

Switchgear: Exposed-Conductive-Parts (frame, door etc.)

Luminaires: Exposed-Conductive-Parts

Switches: Exposed-Conductive-Parts (mounting boxes, cover

plates)

Socket-outlets: Exposed-Conductive-Parts (mounting boxes, cover

plates)

Fixed appliances and machinery: Exposed-Conductive-Parts (metal casing etc.)

Note 1: the Earthing of cover plates should not rely solely on the connection of fixing
screws to an Earthed mounting box (due to the possibility of poor connections,
corrosion etc.); a short flexible Earth Conductor should be connected between the
mounting box and the plate. See Guidance Note G7(d).

Note 2: the Circuit Earth Conductor should be terminated in the connection box for a Luminaire even
if it is plastic (to provide for future use and protection of the Circuit itself). See Guidance
note G7(d).

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 108 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(m) Residual Operating current settings for RCDs and ELP devices

Maximum Residual operating current

Equipment
settings (mA)

13 A switched-socket outlets 30

Water heaters 30

Kitchen fixed Appliances

30
(e.g. washing machine)

Domestic water pumps 30

Swimming pool pumps, or jacuzzi 30

Underwater lighting SELV only

General fixed lighting (except in bathrooms and

100
swimming pools)

Floodlighting 100 - 300

Window or split type air-conditioning 100

Air handling, a/c fan coils etc 100

Central or package a/c units 100 - 300

Irrigation pump 100

Electric Cooker 30

Industrial machines etc 100 - 300

Elevators, escalators, lifts 300 - 500

Neon signs 300

School areas (e.g. laboratory for children)

10

LV main circuit breakers or switchboards

See Note 4
(Electricity Intake)

Note 1: where two values are indicated, the higher value is allowed only where the equipment is not normally
accessible to any person.

Note 2: all Final Circuits in a bathroom (including lighting, but excluding FCUs in a ceiling void) must be
provided with 30mA RCD protection. See Clause 9.3.2(a).

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 109 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A5.(m) Continued…

Note 3: where a Circuit supplies more than one type of equipment, the lower value must be used for RCD
protection (e.g. a Circuit supplying bedroom lighting and bathroom lighting must be protected by a
30mA RCD).

Note 4: the selection of ELP devices at main switchboards must take into account the requirement for
discrimination with downstream Protective Devices (Clause 5.4.5 and 5.4.6). For small supplies
(200A or less), a 300mA RCD device may be used, with time delay of 200ms. For larger supplies
(above 200A), Earth Leakage Protection relays may be used in conjunction with MCCBs or ACBs
incorporating a trip unit (e.g. 1A, 3A, 5A with a suitable time delay to ensure proper discrimination
with downstream Protective Devices). Irrespective of the Earth Leakage Protection provided at the
main switchboard, the incomer MCCB or ACB shall have short-circuit protection to ensure tripping
within 400ms taking into account the Earth Fault Loop Impedance.

The table opposite shows the required residual operating current values for RCDs and other Earth
Leakage Protection devices. These are intended to provide supplementary protection of electric shock
as well as protection against high resistance earth faults which may not operate overcurrent devices
and pose a risk of overheating or fire, see Regulation 5.4.

All Final Circuits where Appliances may be used by any person must be provided with Earth Leakage
Protection. Earth Leakage Protection must also be provided at the main Electricity Intake and
subsequent Distribution Boards where necessary, see Regulation 5.4.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 110 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A6.(a) Time-current characteristic of MCBs as multiple of rated current

[ see notes to A6(f)]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 111 of 239
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A6.(b) Time-current characteristic of Type B MCBs

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 112 of 239
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior permission and
authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A6.(c) Time-current characteristic of Type C MCBs

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 113 of 239
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior permission and
authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A6.(d) Time current characteristic of Type D MCBs

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 114 of 239
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior permission and
authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A6.(e) Typical energy let-through characteristics of MCBs

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 115 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A6.(f) MCBs selection criteria

Operating characteristics of MCB types and the required Earth Fault Loop Impedance values are
given in Appendix A6(a) to A6(d) and Appendix A5(h). MCBs for common cable sizes and Circuits
are shown in the following table:

MCB Cable rating Cable rating

nominal Cable size at 30˚C, PVC at 40˚C, PVC Typical Circuit
rating mm2 Amps, (kW) Amps, (kW) application
Amps
17.5 15.2 Lighting (light
6 1.5
(3.4) (3.0) load)
24.0 20.9 Lighting (heavy
10 2.5
(4.7) (4.1) load)
24.0 20.9 Radial Circuit to socket-
16 2.5
(4.7) (4.1) outlets
32.0 27.8 Radial Circuit to fixed
20 4.0
(6.3) (5.4) appliance
48 41.7 Ring Circuit to
32 2 x 4.0
(9.3) (8.1) socket-outlets
Radial Circuit to large
41.0 35.7
32 6.0 Appliance
(8.0) (7.0)
(e.g. cooker)
Radial Circuit to
57.0 49.6
40 10.0 machinery (e.g. chiller
(11.1) (9.7)
unit)

Note 1: cable ratings are taken from Appendix A7(a), assuming one circuit in conduit, with temperature
correction factors applied from Appendix A7(g). Power factor of 0.85 is assumed to calculate
kW ratings at 230V.

Note 2: selection of MCBs for overload protection of cables must take account of the device
characteristics given in Appendix A6(b) to A6(d). These are based on minimum MCB
operating currents of 1.45 times the MCB nominal rating (In) and a maximum ‘non-tripping’
current of 1.15 times In. Hence, cables must be selected with ratings at least 1.15 times the
MCB nominal rating (see IEE Guidance Note 6 - section 2).

The classification of Types B, C or D is based on the fault current rating at which magnetic
operation occurs and their ability to handle surge currents without tripping. See Appendix A6(a).
 Type B devices are designed to trip at fault currents of 3-5 times rated current (In). For
example, a 10A device will trip at 30-50A
 Type C devices are designed to trip at 5-10 times In
 Type D devices are designed to trip at 10-20 times In

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 116 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A6.(f) Continued…
Type B devices are generally suitable for domestic applications. Type C devices are the normal
choice for commercial and industrial applications where large groups of fluorescent lighting,
motors, etc. are used.

Type D devices have more limited applications, where high inrush currents may be expected.
For example, large battery systems, motors, transformers, etc.

Sometimes failure of tungsten filament lamps can trip Type B circuit- breakers in domestic and
retail environments. This is caused by high arcing currents occurring at the time of failure and is
generally associated with inferior quality lamps. A Type C device may be substituted for a Type B
device where unwanted tripping persists, especially in commercial applications. A change from
Type C to Type D devices should only be taken after careful consideration of the installation
conditions, in particular the operating times required by Regulation 5.5.

(Referenced from www.voltimum.co.uk)

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 117 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A6.(g) Internal construction of MCB

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 118 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A7.(a) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC single core cables (non-
armoured)

Standard cable ratings and Voltage drop for single core, PVC (70˚C thermoplastic), non-armoured,
stranded copper conductor (BS 6004), with or without sheath, installed in buried or surface conduit
or trunking.

In conduit in thermal In conduit on wall or in

Voltage drop
insulation (A) concrete
(mV/A/m)
Cross (A)
sectional
area (mm²)

2 cables 3 or 4 2 cables 3 or 4 2 cables 3 or 4

single cables single cables single cables
phase three phase three phase three
AC or phase AC or phase AC or phase AC
DC AC DC AC DC

1.0 11 10.5 13.5 12 44 38

1.5 14.5 13.5 17.5 15.5 29 25

2.5 20 18 24 21 18 15

4.0 26 24 32 28 11 9.5

6.0 34 31 41 36 7.3 6.4

10 46 42 57 50 4.4 3.8

16 61 56 76 68 2.8 2.4

25 80 73 101 89 - -

35 99 89 125 110 - -

50 119 108 151 134 - -

70 151 136 192 171 - -

At 30℃ ambient temperature [see Appendix A7(g) for grouping factors]

Note 1: data from table 4D1A and 4D1B of BS 7671.

Note 2: for Voltage drop for cables above 25mm2 refer to BS 7671.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 119 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A7.(b) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC multi-core cables (non-
armoured)

Standard cable ratings and Voltage drop for PVC (70˚C thermoplastic) multi-core cables
(sheathed), non-armoured, stranded copper conductor (BS 6004), installed in buried or surface
mounted conduit or trunking, or on exposed, perforated cable tray.

On perforated Cable
In conduit on wall or in Clipped direct to a
Tray or in free air
concrete wall
(A)
Cross (A) (A)
sectional area
(mm²)
2 core 3 or 4 2 core 3 or 4 2 core 3 or 4
single core three single core three single core three
phase phase AC phase phase AC phase phase AC
AC or AC or AC or
DC DC DC

1.0 11 10 13 11.5 15 13.5

1.5 14 13 16.5 15 19.5 17.5

2.5 18.5 17.5 23 20 27 24

4 25 23 30 27 36 32

6 32 29 38 34 46 41

10 43 39 52 46 63 57

16 57 52 69 62 85 76

25 75 68 90 80 112 96

35 92 83 111 99 138 119

50 110 99 133 118 168 144

70 139 125 168 149 213 184

95 167 150 201 179 258 223

120 192 172 232 206 299 259

150 219 196 258 225 344 299

At 30℃ ambient temperature [see Apenddix A7(g) for grouping factors]

Note 1: data taken from table 4D2A and 4D2B of BS 7671.

Note 2: 2-core refers to single-phase Circuits; 3 or 4-core refers to three-phase Circuits.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 120 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A7.(b) Continued…

Cable size (mm²)

Voltage drop
1.0 1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16
(mV/A/m)

2 core single phase

AC or DC 44 29 18 11 7.3 4.4 2.8

3 or 4 core three
phase AC 38 25 15 9.5 6.4 3.8 2.4

Note: for Voltage drop for cables above 16mm² refer to BS 7671.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 121 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A7.(c) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC multi-core cables (armoured)

Standard cable ratings and Voltage drop for multi-core armoured, PVC (70˚C thermoplastic)
cables, stranded copper conductor (BS 5467), installed exposed (clipped to a wall) or on perforated
Cable Tray.

Clipped direct to a On perforated Cable

Voltage drop
wall Tray
(mV/A/m)
Cross (A) (A)
sectional
area (mm²)

2 core 3 or 4 2 core 3 or 4 2 core 3 or 4

single core three single core three single core
phase phase AC phase phase AC phase three
AC or DC AC or DC AC or DC phase AC

1.5 21 18 22 19 29 25
2.5 28 25 31 26 18 15
4 38 33 41 35 11 9.5
6 49 42 53 45 7.3 6.4
10 67 58 72 62 4.4 3.8
16 89 77 97 83 2.8 2.4
25 118 102 128 110 - -
35 145 125 157 135 - -
50 175 151 190 163 - -

70 222 192 241 207 - -

95 269 231 291 251 - -
120 310 267 336 290 - -
150 356 306 386 332 - -
185 405 348 439 378 - -
240 476 409 516 445 - -
300 547 469 592 510 - -

At 30℃ ambient temperature [see Appendix A7(g) for grouping factors]

Note 1: data taken from table 4D4A and 4D4B of BS 7671.

Note 2: 2 core refers to single-phase Circuits; 3 or 4 core refers to three-phase Circuits.

Note 3: for Voltage drop for cables above 16mm² refer to BS 7671.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 122 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A7.(d) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for thermo-setting (XLPE) multi-core
cables (armoured)

Standard cable ratings and Voltage drop for multi-core, 90˚C thermosetting plastic insulated
(XLPE), armoured cable, stranded copper conductor (BS 5467 and BS 6724), surface mounted or
on Cable Tray.

Clipped direct to a On perforated

Voltage drop
wall Cable Tray
Cross (mV/A/m)
(A) (A)
sectional
area (mm²)
2 core 3 or 4 2 core 3 or 4 2 core 3 or 4
single core single core single core
phase three phase three phase three
AC or phase AC or phase AC or phase
DC AC DC AC DC AC

1.5 27 23 29 25 31 27
2.5 36 31 39 33 19 16
4 49 42 52 44 12 10
6 62 53 66 56 7.9 6.8
10 85 73 90 78 4.7 4.0
16 110 94 115 99 2.9 2.5
25 146 124 152 131 - -
35 180 154 188 162 - -
50 219 187 228 197 - -
70 279 238 291 251 - -
95 338 289 354 304 - -
120 392 335 410 353 - -
150 451 386 472 406 - -
185 515 441 539 463 - -
240 607 520 636 546 - -
300 698 599 732 628 - -

At 30℃ ambient temperature [see Appendix A7(g) for grouping factors]

Note 1: from table 4E4A and 4E4B of BS 7671

[2 core refers to single-phase Circuits; 3 or 4 core refers to three-phase Circuits].

Note 2: for Voltage drop for cables above 16mm² refer to BS 7671 table 4E4B.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 123 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A7.(e) Circuit rating for MICC cable

Standard cable ratings and Voltage drop for mineral insulated copper- clad cables installed on a
wall (clipped direct). PVC sheathed cable assumes 70˚C sheath temperature, bare copper-clad
cable assumes 105˚C sheath temperature.

Bare sheath 105˚C 3 x single

PVC sheath (70˚C) 2 x single

single or 1 two core cable,

or 1 three core, or four core

single phase AC or DC
PVC sheath (70˚C) 3 core

Bare sheath 105˚C 2 x

Cross-sectional area

cable AC or DC

cable
or twin core

(mm²) (A) (A) (A) (A)

1.0 18.5 15 22 19
Light duty
500 V 1.5 23 19 28 24

2.5 31 26 38 33

4 40 35 51 44

1 19.5 16 24 20

1.5 25 21 31 26

2.5 34 28 42 35
Heavy duty
4 45 37 55 47
750 V
6 57 48 70 59

10 77 65 96 81

16 102 86 127 107

25 133 112 166 140

35 163 137 203 171

50 202 169 251 212

At 30℃ ambient temperature [see Appendix A7(g) for grouping factors]

Note 1: for MICC cable installed in perforated Cable Tray, the current rating is approximately
5-10% greater than shown above, see BS 7671 table 4G1A and 4G2A.

Note 2: where the sheath temperature may be above 70˚C, care should be taken that the
cable is not within reach of any person or in contact with combustible materials.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 124 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A7.(f) Circuit Rating and Voltage drop for flexible cords

Standard current ratings and Voltage drop for flexible cords, 60˚C conductor temperature (PVC or
rubber insulated), stranded copper conductors to BS 50525 (domestic applications).

Voltage Voltage Mass

Cross
Single Three drop drop (three supportable by
sectional
phase phase (single phase) twin flexible
area
phase) cord

(mm²) (A) (A) (mV/A/m) (mV/A/m) (kg)

0.5 3 3 93 80 2

0.75 6 6 62 54 3

1.0 10 10 46 40 5

1.25 13 - 37 - 5

1.5 16 16 32 27 5

2.5 25 20 19 16 5

4.0 32 25 12 10 5

At 30℃ ambient temperature [from table 4F3A and 4F3B of BS 7671:2018]

For ambient temperatures above 30˚C, the following correction factors may be applied for flexible
cords:

Ambient temperature (°C) 35 40 45 50 55

Correction factor 0.91 0.82 0.71 0.58 0.41

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 125 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A7.(g) Rating factors with respect to ambient (air) temperature

Ambient temperature correction factors (relative to 30°C) for cable ratings shown in Appendices
A7(a) to A7(e).

Type of cable insulation

70°C mineral
90°C Rubber or mineral insulated
Ambient PVC insulated
XLPE thermosetting (70°C sheath)
temperature (°C) thermo- (105°C
plastic sheath)

25 1.03 1.02 1.07 1.04

30 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

35 0.94 0.96 0.93 0.96

40 0.87 0.91 0.85 0.92

45 0.79 0.87 0.78 0.88

50 0.71 0.82 0.67 0.84

55 0.61 0.76 0.57 0.80

60 0.50 0.71 0.45 0.75

[from table 4B1 of BS7671:2018]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 126 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A7.(h) Rating factors with respect to grouping of cables

Because of mutual heating effects, the following correction factors should be applied to the tables
in Appendix A7(a) to A7(e) for situations where a number of cables are installed close together.
These factors assume all cables are fully loaded; however, if an individual cable is loaded
below 30% of its rating it may be excluded from the total number in the group.

Method of installation

Enclosed in Single layer, Single layer Single layer

conduit clipped to a non- multi- multi-core on
(surface or metallic surface core on a cable ladder
Number of buried) or (wall or floor) perforated system or
cables bunched on a Cable Tray cleats
non- metallic
surface

2 0.80 0.85 0.88 0.87

3 0.70 0.79 0.82 0.82

4 0.65 0.75 0.77 0.80

5 0.60 0.73 0.75 0.80

6 0.57 0.72 0.73 0.79

7 0.54 0.72 0.73 0.79

8 0.52 0.71 0.72 0.78

9 0.50 0.70 0.72 0.78

12 0.45 0.70 0.72 0.78

16 0.41 0.70 0.72 0.78

20 0.38 0.70 0.72 0.78

[taken from table 4C1 of BS of BS 7671:2018]

Note 1: these factors are applicable to uniform groups of cable, equally loaded.

Note 2: where horizontal clearances between adjacent cables exceed twice their overall
diameter, no rating factor need to be applied.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 127 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A8. Colour identification for cables

A8 Conductor Colour

Non-flexible fixed wiring and all three-phase cables:

Phase 1 Red

Phase 2 Yellow

Phase 3 Blue

Neutral Black

Earth Conductors Green / yellow

Functional Earth Cream

Solar PV system DC cables Black

Flexible cables for single-phase Appliances:

Phase 1 Brown

Neutral Blue

Earth Conductors Green / yellow

Functional Earth Cream

Note: the harmonised cable colours now implemented in Europe (BS EN 60445 effective from
December 2017) of Brown, Black and Grey for phase 1, phase 2, and phase 3
respectively have not been adopted for the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 128 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A9. Capacity of conduits, trunking and Cable Trays

Diameter of Conduit (mm)

Conductor ( mm2 )
20 25 32

Maximum number of conductors

1.5 7 12 -

2.5 5 9 12

4.0 3 6 9

6.0 - 5 8

10.0 - 3 6

16.0 - - 4

25.0 - - 3

Note 1: for Cable Trunking, the space factor (total cross-sectional area of cables compared with
the interior cross-sectional area of trunking) must not exceed 50%. Trunking is sized by
multiplying the number of cables by the cable factor for each cable, applying the space
factor to determine the capacity required. The appropriate trunking is then selected from
the capacity chart published by the manufacturers.

Note 2: for Cable Trays, the sum of the combined diameter of all cables installed on the tray
shall not exceed 60% of the internal Cable Tray width. Where cables are spaced on the
Cable Tray, this can be used as part of the space factor.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 129 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A10. IP coding for ingress protection

10
Ingress protection: IP codes

First digit: protection against ingress Second digit: protection against

by solid objects ingress of water

X Not tested or not applicable X Not tested or not

applicable

0 No protection 0 No protection

1 Human hand or objects > 50mm 1 Vertically falling water

2 Human finger or objects > 12mm 2 Sprays of water < 15˚ from vertical

3 Objects > 2.5mm (e.g. tools or wires) 3 Sprays of water < 60˚ from vertical

4 Objects > 1.0mm (e.g. small wires) 4 Splashes of water (from any
direction)

5 Limited protection against dust (to the 5 Low pressure jets of water (from
extent that does not harm the equipment any direction)
or impair safety)

6 Strong jets of water (from any

6 Totally protected against dust
direction)

7 Temporary immersion

8 Total immersion

The IP coding system is specified in BS EN 60529: 1992 (adopted from IEC 529:1989). The first
digit specifies protection against ingress of foreign objects of varying size, ranging from human
hands or fingers to fine dust particles. The second digit specifies protection against ingress of
water, ranging from free falling water, to immersion in water.

BS EN 60529 does not specify protection against the risk of explosion, humidity or corrosive gases.
If enclosures of equipment are drilled or knockouts removed, suitable measures should be taken
to restore the equipment to the original IP rating.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 130 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A11. Standard wiring diagram symbols

Note: additional wiring symbols may be taken from IEC 60617- Graphical symbols for diagrams

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 131 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A11. Continued…

Note: additional wiring symbols may be taken from IEC 60617- Graphical symbols for diagrams

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 132 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A12.(a) Labelling of Electrical Installation

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 133 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A12.(b) Minimum sizes of LV switchrooms

Minimum size of LV switchrooms b)

Main circuit breaker rating (A) Intake room dimensions (m)

1600 - 2500 3.5 x 3.5

1000 - 1200 3.0 x 3.0

600 - 800 2.5 x 2.5

400 - 500 2.5 x 2.0

200 - 300 2.0 x 2.0

Note: the above rooms sizes are given for guidance and other requirements for access and
safety should be taken into account (see Regulation 3.5, 4.2 and Appendix A12(d))

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 134 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A12.(c) Typical layout of Final Distribution Boards (FDB) and RCD label

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 135 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A12.(c) Continued…

Note: RCBOs Functional Earthing arrangements are not shown for clarity.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 136 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A12.(d) Typical layout of LV switchroom

Note: LV switchroom to be sized to accommodate the number of panels required (including

spare positions) with minimum access clearances shown above. Headroom clearance
should be sufficient to allow safe access for operation, maintenance and repairs in
compliance with Clause 3.5.9.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 137 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A13. Boundary of Connection Point and scope of the Regulations

[ see Regulation 4.3 and Clause 1.4.2]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 138 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A14. Typical layout for small power and lighting circuits

Note 1: heat resistant flexible cords to be sized to match the rating of the Circuit.

Note 2: for cookers with higher power ratings, sizing of the Circuit to be increased accordingly.

Note 3: for connection to fixed Appliances, either fused connection unit or socket-outlet
may be provided.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 139 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A14. Continued…

Standard lighting Circuit arrangement

Two-way switch lighting Circuit arrangement

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 140 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A15. Minimum number of socket-outlets and connection points

Minimum number of outlets for domestic

Room
premises

Kitchen:

13A switched socket-outlets (worktops) Minimum 2 double, plus every 2m of worktop

13A switched socket-outlets (Appliances) Minimum 1 single, plus as required for free standing
Appliances (e.g. fridge)

Minimum 1, plus as required for number of items

Connection points
installed (flex outlets or socket- outlets)
(for washing machine, dryer etc.)

Cooker control unit

(if fitted with an integral socket- 1 (see note 5)
outlet)

Bedrooms 3 double

Lounge or dining 4 double

Hall or corridor 1 double

only BS EN 61558-2-5 shaver socket (if required)

Bathrooms

Note 1: in general, double socket-outlets should be used in preference to single socket-outlets

wherever possible.

Note 2: socket-outlets should be conveniently located to avoid the need for extension cables
and adapters (which introduce risk of overheating and fire).

Note 3: 15A BS 546 socket-outlets are not permitted in domestic premises (see Clause 7.1.1).

Note 4: the maximum number of socket-outlets on a Circuit is not limited and is dependent on
the load supplied, the wire size and floor area served (see Appendix A6(f) and Guidance
note G2).

Note 5: for Electrical Installation with a potential use of gas cookers, a provision for socket-
outlet should be provided alongside the cooker outlet for the purpose of electronic
ignition.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 141 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A16. Mounting height for Accessories and socket-outlets

Note: mounting height may be varied for special circumstances such as access for disabled persons or
children, etc.

[ see Clauses 7.1.7, 7.1.9 and 7.2.5]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 142 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A17.(a) Approved and prohibited plugs and socket-outlets (domestic)

Approved BS 1363 plug and socket (13A fused)

Approved BS 546 plug and socket (15A or 5A unfused)

(non-domestic
only)

Prohibited C E7/7 ‘shuko’ plug and socket

Type CEE7/16 ‘europlug’ permitted only with a correct adapter

[ see Regulation 7.1]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 143 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A17.(b) Industrial plugs and socket-outlets

[ see Clause 7.1.6]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 144 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A17.(c) Shaver socket-outlets for bathrooms

[ see Regulation 9.3 and Clause 7.1.4]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 145 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A18.(a) Class I Equipment (Earthed Conductive Parts)

[ see Clause 6.6.3]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 146 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A18.(b) Class II Equipment (double insulated)

[ see Clause 6.6.3]

Note: conductive parts of Class II Appliances are sufficiently remote from live conductors so
as not to require a connection to Earth.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 147 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A18.(c) Separated Extra-Low Voltage (SELV) supply

[ see Clauses 5.3.1, 5.7.4, 7.3.13 and 9.1.1]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 148 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A18.(d) Protective Extra-Low Voltage (PELV) supply

[ see Clause 9.2.1]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 149 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A18.(e) Reduced Low Voltage (RLV) supply

[ see Clauses 5.3.1 and 9.6.3]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 150 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A19.(a) Measurement of Earth Electrode resistance

These Regulations describe three methods to measure the resistance of an Earth Electrode.
Method 1 uses a dedicated Earth Electrode tester, method 2 uses a dedicated stakeless Earth
Electrode tester, and method 3 uses Earth Fault Loop Impedance measurement.

For complete testing methodology of the measurement of Earth Electrode resistance refer to the
respective Guidance notes of BS 7671:2018.

Method 1: measurement using dedicated Earth Electrode tester

i) a proprietary Earth Electrode test device should be used.

ii) auxiliary Earth spikes should be applied at least 15m apart and 15m distant from the
Earth Electrode under test.
iii) an Earth resistance value of less than 10 ohms is required for a Locally Earthed System
[ see Regulation 6.2].
iv) an additional number of Earth Electrodes may be required (or deeper electrodes) to
achieve the required Earth resistance value.
v) due consideration should be given to future changes in soil condition (e.g. drying out).
vi) sufficient time should be allowed if special chemicals or salts are added to the ground
to improve the Earth resistance values.

Note: where possible and practical, method 1 should be used to measure the resistance of an Earth
Electrode

Earth Pit Earth Test Spike

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 151 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A19.(a) Continued…

Method 2: measurement using dedicated stakeless Earth Electrode tester

i) This method uses an Earth clamp-based tester without the need to disconnect the
Earthing Conductor.
ii) This method is used when there are a number of Earth Electrodes and it is not possible
to use Method 1.
iii) The larger the number of Earth Electrodes, the closer the measurement would be to
the electrode under test as the measurement is the Earth Electrode under test in series
with all other Earth paths in parallel.
iv) It is important to highlight that for this method to be effective, there must be a loop
resistance to measure and the Earth mass must be part of the measurement.

Method 3: measurement using an Earth Fault Loop Impedance tester

Refer to Appendix A19(b) and A19(c).

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 152 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A19.(b) Measurement of Distribution Company supply impedance (Ze)

Note 1: caution: this test is carried out under live conditions but with the main isolator secured
in the off position.

Note 2: Ze may be measured directly at the Electricity Intake with a specialist Earth Loop
Impedance tester. Such devices apply a resistance (typically 10 ohms) between a
phase conductor and the earth conductor of the incoming supply. The test draws a
current of around 20A but is only applied for a few cycles (e.g. 40ms). The device
measures the drawn current and divides this into the measured supply voltage to give
the loop impedance (the test resistance applied by the device is subtracted).

Note 3: as an alternative Ze may be calculated from measurement of the total Earth Fault Loop
Impedance measured within the Electrical Installation (see A19(c)) using the formula:

Where:
Zs = total earth Fault Loop Impedance
Ze = Distribution Company supply impedance
ZR1+R2 = impedance of the longest circuit in the Installation, taken by measuring a circuit
phase conductor impedance R1, and the same circuit’s Earthing Conductor impedance R2.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 153 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A19.(b) Continued...
Note 4: For further advice see reference book “Advanced Testing Technique”.
Test should be repeated for the Earth Electrode.

Note 5: Test should be repeated for the Earth Electrode.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 154 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A19.(c) Measurement of total Earth Fault Loop Impedance (Zs)

Note 1: caution: this test is carried out under live conditions with the circuits under test energised
but no load is connected.

Note 2: a specialist instrument is used which measures the total Earth Loop Impedance Zs
using a similar principle as described in A19(b). The instrument must not operate any
RCD in circuit.

Note 3: the instrument may be directly connected to a socket-outlet (using the test plug
provided) and should be used at the farthest point on a radial circuit or the midpoint of
a ring circuit. Alternatively, the instrument may be used at an Accessory connection
point (e.g. lighting ceiling rose) with the appropriate test probes.

Note 4: for further advice, see reference book “Testing Electrical Installations”.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 155 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A19.(d) Circuit continuity, (R1+R2) and (R1+Rn) tests

Radial Circuits and lighting Circuits:

1. This method tests the combined phase and Earth resistance (R1+R2) and phase
and neutral resistance (R1+Rn) for each Circuit by applying short leads (not at the
same time) at the Distribution Board, and measuring from the terminals of the
farthest connection point or socket-outlet.
2. The polarity can be checked at each Accessory (i.e. only one of the live / neutral
terminals should show continuity to Earth, and there should be no continuity
between live and neutral).
3. If an Accessory has been wired incorrectly from another phase or neutral conductor,
the test will not work (e.g. crossed Circuits or “borrowed neutral”).
4. For lighting Circuits, the light switches should be ON to test the wire through the
switch.
5. For metal conduit Circuits the CEC at the conduit/ back-box should be disconnected
in order to accurately measure R1+R2.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 156 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A19.(d) Continued…

Ring Circuits

1. For Ring Circuits, the test consists of two stages:

(a) the measurement of end to end resistance of each conductor.
(b) the measurements of R1+R2, R1+Rn and checking there are no ‘bridges’ in the
ring.

2. For part 1(a), measurement of the phase and neutral loops should give equal values. The
Earth loop may be of slightly higher resistance if it is wired with a smaller conductor.

3. For part 1(b), measurement at any point on the ring between phase and neutral gives ½
the value measured in part 1(a).

4. To measure R1+Rn for a Ring Circuit, the two phase and neutral conductors from the ring
are cross connected. The measurement at any point on the ring between phase and neutral
should give ½ the value measured in part 1(a). If equal resistances are not observed around
the ring, then this indicates the presence of a bridge or wrong cross-connections at the FDB
end of the Circuit.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 157 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A19.(d) Continued…
5. To measure R1+R2 for a Ring Circuit the two phase and Earth conductors from the ring
are cross connected. The readings at each point in the ring may vary slightly for a very long
circuit (since the CEC is a smaller cross-section).

6. The highest value obtained represents the maximum R1+R2 value for the Circuit, and
should be recorded on the test form

Note 1: these tests are carried out on dead Circuits. The main isolator must be secured in the off
position.

Note 2: for new Electrical Installations, these tests should be carried out when Accessories are in
position but prior to energising the Electrical Installation.

Note 3: Circuit continuity tests must be measured for all Circuits and the resistance values recorded on
the test report, see Appendix A20(d).

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 158 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A19.(e) Lamp holder Circuit polarity tests

Note 1: this test is carried out on dead Circuits. The main isolator must be secured in the OFF position.

Note 2: the polarity test is required to confirm that all single pole devices, and lamp holders with an
outer neutral contact (i.e. ES screw type) are correctly connected.

Note 3: single pole devices ( e.g. light switches ) must only be connected in the live conductor.

Note 4: the test is carried out by measuring continuity between the Earth terminal and live terminal at
an Accessory such as an ES pendant light fitting, after a shorting cable has been applied
between the relevant phase conductor and Earth bar at the Final Distribution Board.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 159 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A19.(f) Segregation and insulation resistance tests

Circuit Nominal Voltage Test Voltage (DC) Minimum insulation

resistance (MΩ)

SELV and PELV 250 0.25

up to 500 V 500 0.5

1. Insulation resistance should be checked between all live conductors, and between live
conductors and Earth. For SELV and PELV systems, insulation resistance should be
measured between the Extra-Low Voltage and higher Voltage conductors at a DC test
Voltage of 500V.

2. The test instrument should be capable of producing a DC test Voltage of 500V when loaded
to 1mA and be capable of measurement of up to 200 MΩ.

3. The minimum acceptable value of insulation resistance for any test is 0.5 MΩ for LV
systems and 0.25 MΩ for SELV and PELV systems.

4. The supply should be disconnected and all current-using equipment switched off (including
neon indicator lamps, Luminaires, voltmeters, electronic devices such as dimmer switches,
starters, RCDs with amplifiers etc.). Alternatively, a limited test can be carried with the
phase and neutral conductors connected together and testing to Earth.

5. The method of testing requires the connection of all three phases and neutral bar to Earth
using temporary Earth wires.

6. The test measures the insulation resistance of each conductor wire with all other
conductors connected to Earth. The test is done with all phase wires, all neutral wires and
all Earth wires and the values recorded in installation testing report, refer to Appendix
A20(d).

7. This test method checks the segregation of the conductor from all other wires. Care is to
be taken when testing the insulation resistance of the Earth connections to ensure that
there is no continuity between the equipment and containment systems.

8. Insulation measurements should be made at each Distribution Board.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 160 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A19.(f) Continued…

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 161 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A19.(g) Sequence of testing for new Electrical Installations

Correct sequence for safe testing

Before supply is connected:

1. Continuity of Earth Conductors (Main Earth Conductors

and Circuit Earth Conductors)
2. Continuity of main and supplementary bonding conductors
3. Continuity of Ring Circuit conductors
4. Polarity tests of all Circuits
5. Segregation and insulation resistance measurements of all
conductors
6. Earth Electrode resistance

After supply is connected:

1. Distribution Company Earth Fault Loop Impedance measurement

2. Re-confirm polarity
3. Total Earth Fault Loop Impedance measurements
4. Prospective fault current measurements
5. Operation of RCD and Earth fault devices
6. Operation of switches and isolators

Note 1: safety precautions must be observed during testing, including locking off isolators and switches,
safeguarding against contact with test voltages, replacement of test links and removal of tools
after completion. The order of test sequence must be observed, in particular testing of Earth
Conductors (dangerous test voltages can appear on the installation metalwork if Earth
Conductors are inadvertently disconnected or broken).

Note 2: testing of RCDs must include measurement of the operating time (ms) at In and at 5 x In, as
well as check of non-operation at 50% x In at both 0º and 180º.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 162 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A20.(a) Electrical Installation Certificate

Project / Building Name: ................................................................................ Certificate No. / Ref:

Address / Location: .............................................................................................. ………………….......

Details of Client / Customer: ……………………………………………………………………………................... Electricity account no.

/ contact details: ……………………………………………………………………………...

New or modified installation: New:  Modification:  Existing: 

Brief description of work carried out: ……………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………. Previous Certificate number:.........................

Supply Characteristics:
Earthing System: (TT, TN-S, TN-S and TT); .........………… Earth Electrode (s )Resistance: ............………
Incoming Cable Size & Type: .........………… Earth Electrode(s) Location: ............………
Main CB type & rating: .........………… Main Earth Conductor Size: ............………
Protective System (ELPS, EEBS); .........………… Earth Fault Loop Impedance: ............………
Max Prospective Fault Current: .........………… Total Connected Load: ............……… Meter ref. no’s and
type: ..............................................................................................…………
Total Diversified Load: ...................... Total Floor area: ......................

Special Circuits:
Details (e.g. special circuits without RCD protection, functional earthing arrangements): …………………
………………………………………………....……………………………………………………………………………...
................................……………………………………..............................................................................................

Details o f D e s i g n e r : ……………………………………………………………………………...................................
Contact Details: ……………………………………………………………………………................................... We hereby declare that
the work completed by us in relation to the above named electrical installation, and detailed in the reference drawings and
documents listed below, has been carried out with due skill and care, and in accordance with the Electricity Wiring Regulations
published by the Department of Energy for the Water, Wastewater and Electricity Sector in Abu Dhabi:
Authorised signatory & name: ……………………………..….....…… Date: …………………….....................
………………………..……….....……
Reference drawings and schedules: ……………………...…….. Company Stamp: …………................ Registered Engineer
Certificate No. ..................................................
Certificate Expiry Date: .....................................................................

Details of Installer: ...............…………………………… License Number: ………………….....................

Contact Details: ……………………………………………………………………..…………………..................
We hereby declare that the work completed by us in relation to the above named electrical installation, and detailed in the
reference drawings and documents listed below, has been carried out with due skill and care, and in accordance with the Electricity
Wiring Regulations published by the Department of Energy for the Water, Wastewater and Electricity Sector in Abu Dhabi:
Authorised signature & name: ………………………………………… Date: ……………….…............................
………………………………………………………………………….....
Reference drawings and schedules: .....………………………..……… Company Stamp: …………….................. Registered Engineer
Certificate No. .............................................
Certificate Expiry Date: ........................................................................

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 163 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A20.(b) Inspection report (front)

Project / Building Name:................................................................................ Report No

Address / Location: ..............................................................................................

Details of Client / Customer: ……………………………………………………………………………................... Electricity account no. / contact details:

……………………………………………………………………………...

New or modified installation: New:  Modification:  Existing: 

Reason for Inspection (first inspection, routine inspection, other): ...................................................................

............................................................................................... Installation Certificate number: …………..

Supply Characteristics:

Earthing System: (TT, TN-S, TN-S and TT); .........……… Earth Electrode(s) Resistance: ............………..

Incoming Cable Size & Type: .........……… Earth Electrode(s) Location: ............………..

Main CB type & rating: .........……… Main Earth Conductor Size: ............………..

Protective System (ELPS, EEBS): .........……… Earth Fault Loop Impedance: ............………..

Max Prospective Fault Current: .........……… Total Connected Load: ............……….. Meter ref. no’s and type:

.............................................................................................................................

Total Diversified Load: .............................................................................................................................

General Details of Inspection & Testing:

Date of last inspection & test: .......................................................................................................

Any modifications noted: No Yes  Details: ........................................................................

Estimated age of installation & estimated age of modifications: ............................................................... Date of next planned inspection:
.......................................................................................................

Any dangerous conditions or urgent work required (give details over leaf): No  Yes 

Any work or improvements recommended (give details over leaf): No  Yes 

Extent of inspection: All: Part: Areas not tested / inspected:...........................................................

Inspection carried out by: .…………………………………………………………………………................

Contact Details: …………………………………………………………………………….............

We hereby declare that the inspection and testing completed by us in relation to the above named installation, and detailed over leaf, has been carried out
with due skill and care, and in accordance with the Electricity Wiring Regulations published by the Department of Energy for the Water, Wastewater and
Electricity
Sector in Abu Dhabi:

Authorised signature & name:……………………………..…..…… Date:……………………....................

Company Stamp: ..................................... Registered Engineer Certificate No: …....….........................….

Certificate Expiry Date: .............................................. Company Stamp: ..................................................

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 164 of 239
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A20.(c) Inspection report (back)

Equipment Inspected:  satisfactory  not satisfactory (give details /comments)

 not applicable 
urgent work required

Main intake room condition: .......................................................................................  

Metering Equipment: .......................................................................................  
Main Distribution Board: .......................................................................................  
Main Isolation Device (CB): .......................................................................................  
Main LV switchboard (if any): .......................................................................................  
Incoming supply cable(s): .......................................................................................  
Main earth conductor, earth pits, and
.......................................................................................  
MET;
Sub Distribution Boards (give ref. no’s): .......................................................................................  
.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................  
Distribution Cables (between DBs): .......................................................................................  
.......................................................................................  
Main Earth Leakage Protective
.......................................................................................  
Device(s):
Circuit cables (where visible): .......................................................................................  
Power factor correction equipment: .......................................................................................  
Standby generation equipment: .......................................................................................  
Power points & socket outlets: .......................................................................................  
.......................................................................................  
Internal Inspection of sample points (10% sample):
 
List circuits/connections inspected .......................................................................................  

.......................................................................................
 

.......................................................................................

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 165 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A20.(d) Electrical Installation testing report

Project / Building Name:............................. Document No. / Ref:........................................................... RCD tester:....................................................(serial no.)

Address / Location: ..................................... Tested by: ........................................................................... Loop impedance tester: ................................( serial no.)

Distribution Board No. / Ref: ....................... ............................................................................................ Continuity tester: ...........................................( serial no.)

Fed from: ..................................................... Date: ................................................................................... Insulation tester:............................................( serial no.)

Busbar CCT MCB Phase Earth Continuity Test (ohms) Insulation RCD

Short Circuit current PSCC

Total Earth Loop Impedance
section ref. rating & size Resistance Test Remarks / Faults
(MΩ)

Polarity (see note 2)

/ RCD No (A) Neutral mm2 Circuit (SELV circuits, etc.)
. size Description
mm2 1 x In (ms) 5 x In
Ring L N E
see see see (ms)
Incomer

note note note 1/2 x In (trip / no trip)

R1 + Rn
R1 + R2

1 1 1
(Ohms)

(Ohms)

Rn (Neutral)

(Earth)
(Line)
R1

R2

(z )

(kA)
R1

Y1

B1

R2

Y2

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 166 of 239
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior permission
and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

B2

R3

Y3

B3

R4

Y4

B4

Note 1: insulation resistance measured for each conductor with all other phase, neutral and Earth Conductors connected to Earth.

Note 2: for polarity test, check all 3 combinations on N-E, N-Ph, Ph-E, and record number of points/accessories checked.

Note 3: main and supplementary bonding conductors to be tested for continuity and results to be recorded.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 167 of 239
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior permission
and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A20.(e) Load distribution schedules

Project/Building: ...................................................... Main Contractor: ...................................................................................... Final Distribution Board

Address/Location: ................................................... Electrical Contractor: ............................................................................... Date: ................................................................... Distribution Board No./Ref:
..................................... Incoming Cable size / type: .....................................................................
Fed from: ................................................................. Main breaker type & rating: ..................................................................... Document No. ....................................................

Cabl No. of points

Cable Size Circuit Load in
CC MC e (double / single) Connecte
Bus (kW)
T B Diversit Diversity Factor

Circuit
bar rating Circuit name / d Load Remarks

Cable
Type

Type
y
sect ref. rating A Point reference per point
Type
ion/ No. (A) (kW) (kW)
RC Phas Earth [see
D e&
size notes R Y B
Neutr
al mm2 ]

Number

Number

Number
Size

Type

Type

Type
mm2

R1
.........................................................................

Y1
B1

R2
Section 1 ........................

Y2

B2

R3

Y3
B3

R4
Secti

........
........
........
on 2

Y4
.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 168 of 239
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior permission
and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

B4

R5
Y5

B5

R6

Y6
B6

Gross Area = ......................................................... sq Diversified Load P L W M A Total Connected Loads TCL=.............kW

W T H O O
m Types R G
(kW)
Floor Area Diversified Load = ...................................... W/sq DB Load
m
W/sq m

Note 1: cable ratings taken at ...... ºC and ..... power factor, installed as single Circuits in conduit.
Note 2: cable rating must be above Circuit Connected Load and at least 1.15 times MCB nominal rating.
Note 3: where RCBOs are used, the busbar section in the above is replaced with the mA rating.
Note 4: Diversified Load types can be categorised as power, lighting, water heating, motor loads, a/c etc.
Note 5: Circuit types can be categorised as radial, ring, lighting.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 169 of 239
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior permission
and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A20.(e) Continued…
Project / Building Name: ......................................................... Main Contractor:...................................................................... Sub Main Distribution Board

Address / Location:................................................................. Electrical Contractor:................................................................

Date: ............................................................
Distribution Board No. / Ref:................................................... Incoming Cable size / Type:.....................................................

Fed From:................................................................................ Main Breaker Type & Rating:.................................................... Document No. .............................................

Rating (Amps) Cable Type / Size Connected Load Total Diversified Load Total

Diversity

Diversity
Single / Three
Cable

Factor
Type
Phase Remarks
Type

RCD mA MCCB
No. of No. of Size Earth R-Ph Y-Ph B-Ph (kW) R-Ph Y-Ph (kW) B-Ph (kW)
(kW) (kW)
Cables Cores mm2 mm2 (kW) (kW) (kW)

Outgoing Ways

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 170 of 239
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior permission
and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Total Connected Total Diversified Phase

Phase Loads Loads

Gross Area:.....................................................sq m Diversified Load PWR LTG WH MO AC Total Connected Load kW

Types

Floor Area Diversified Load:.........................W/sq m SMDB Load Load after Diversity kW

W/sq m Overall Diversity %

Note: SMDB outgoing ways must be sized in accordance with the Connected Load and SMDB incomer will typically be sized in accordance with the diversified
load.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 171 of 239
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior permission
and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A20.(e) Continued…
Project / Building Name:......................................................... Main Contractor:...................................................................... Main Distribution Board

Address / Location:................................................................. Electrical Contractor:................................................................

Date: ............................................................
Distribution Board No. / Ref:................................................... Incoming Cable size / Type:.....................................................

Fed From:................................................................................ Main Breaker Type & Rating:.................................................... Document No. .............................................

Diversity Type
Rating Cable Type / Size Connected Load Total Diversified Load Total
Single (Amps)

Diversity
Cabl
Remarks

Factor
/
e
Three
Type
Phas
e
RCD No. No. Size Earth R-Ph Y-Ph B-Ph R-Ph Y-Ph B-Ph (kW)
MCC (kW) (kW)
mA of of mm2 mm2 (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW)
B
Cable Cores
s

Outgoing Ways

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 172 of 239
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior permission
and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Total Connected Total Diversified

Phase Loads Phase Loads

Gross Diversified Load PWR LTG WH MO AC Total Connected Load kW

Area:..................................................... Types
sq m
Floor Area Diversified SMDB Load Load after Diversity kW
Load:.........................W/sq m

W/sq m Overall Diversity %

Note: MDB outgoing ways and incomer will typically be sized in accordance with the diversified load.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 173 of 239
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior permission
and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A20.(f) Solar PV test report

 Initial Verification
Solar PV Test Report
 Periodic Verification
Electrical Installation address Reference
Date
Description of work under test Inspector
Test Instruments
String 1 2 3 4 n
Module
Array
Quantity
Array parameters (as Voc (stc)
specified) Isc (stc)
Type
String
Rating (A)
over-current protective
DC Rating (V)
device
Capacity (kA)
Type
Wiring Phase (mm²)
Earth (mm²)
Voc (V)
String test Isc (A)
Irradiance
Polarity check
Test Voltage (V)
Array insulation resistance
Pos Earth (MΩ)
Neg Earth (MΩ)
Earth Continuity (where fitted)
Switchgear functioning correctly
Inverter make / model
Inverter serial number
Inverter functions correctly
Loss of mains test

Details o f D e s i g n e r : ……………………………………………………………………………...................
Contact Details: ……………………………………………………………………………...................
We hereby declare that the work completed by us in relation to the above named electrical installation, and detailed
in the reference drawings and documents listed below, has been carried out with due skill and care, and in accordance with
the Electricity Wiring Regulations published by the Department of Energy for the Water, Wastewater and Electricity Sector in
Abu Dhabi : Authorised signatory & name: ……………………………..….....…… Date: ……………….............
………………………..……….....……
Reference drawings and schedules: ……………………...……....... Company Stamp: ............ Registered Engineer
Certificate No. ..................................................
Certificate Expiry Date: .....................................................................

Details of Installer: ...............…………………………...................... License Number: .................

Contact Details: ……………………………………………………………………..…………………..
We hereby declare that the work completed by us in relation to the above named electrical installation, and detailed
in the reference drawings and documents listed below, has been carried out with due skill and care, and in accordance with
the Electricity Wiring Regulations published by the Department of Energy for the Water, Wastewater and Electricity Sector in
Abu Dhabi:
Authorised signature & name: ………………………………………… Date: ………….…................
…………………………………………………………………………....
Reference drawings and schedules: .....………………………..……. Company Stamp: ...................
Registered Engineer Certificate No. .............................................
Certificate Expiry Date: ........................................................................

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 174 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A20.(g) Solar PV system inspection report

 Initial Verification
Solar PV Inspection Report
 Periodic Verification

Installation address Reference

Date
Circuits inspected Inspector


satisfactory not satisfactory (give details /comments)
Equipment/Circuits Inspected
not applicable 
urgent work required

General
a.c part of the Electrical Installation is tested in
accordance with Regulations 8.1 

PV Distribution Boards room condition


PV Distribution Boards condition 
Proper ventilation behind PV Array 
Cable entry weatherproof 
Array frame suitably supported and secured; roof fixings
weatherproof

PV Array design and installation
All DC components are rated for continuous operation
at DC and at the maximum possible DC system
voltage and maximum possible DC current 
Protection by use of class II insulation adopted on the
DC side

PV String cables and PV DC main cables are black in
colour and Double Insulated 
Wiring systems have been selected and erected to
withstand the expected external influences such as
wind, temperature and solar radiation 
String cables are sized to accommodate the maximum
fault current 

Wiring systems are adequately supported and


protected
If applicable, String over-current Protective Devices
are fitted and correctly specified 

Verify that a DC switch disconnector is provided on the

DC side of the Inverter 

If applicable, where blocking diodes are fitted, the

reverse voltage rating is at least 2 × Voc stc of the PV
String in which they are fitted


Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 175 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A20.(g) Continued…

satisfactory not satisfactory (give details /comments)
Equipment/Circuits Inspected
not applicable 
urgent work required

Protection against overvoltage

/ electric shock

To minimise voltages induced by lightning, verify

that the area of all wiring loops has been kept as
small as possible
 

Module frame protective Earthing Conductors have

been correctly installed and are connected to Earth  

If applicable, check that a type B RCD is

installed
 

Means of isolating the Inverter have been provided on

the AC side
 

PV Array design and installation

All Circuits, Protective Devices, switches and

terminals are suitably labelled  

All DC junction boxes (PV generator and PV Array

boxes) carry a warning label indicating that active
parts inside the boxes are fed from a
PV Array and may still be live after isolation from  
the PV Inverter and public grid supply

The main AC and DC isolating switches are clearly

labelled
 

Dual supply warning labels are fitted at point of

interconnection
 

A single line wiring diagram is displayed on site

 

Emergency shutdown procedures are displayed on

site
 

All signs and labels are suitably affixed and

durable
 

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 176 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A21. General Marinas connection arrangements

Connection to mains supply (single phase and three phase)

Note 1: protection can be provided by a combination of suitably rated MCBs and suitably rated
RCDs.

Note 2: Earth Leakage Protection shall be effective for leakage currents of no greater than 30mA,
refer to Clause 9.9.16.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 177 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

A22. General solar PV connection arrangements

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 178 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

18. Guidance Notes

G1. Guidance note on supply Voltage change
G2. Estimation of Connected Load and diversity factors
G3 Photographs

Photograph of busbar riser

Photograph of Final Distribution Board (horizontal DIN rail)

Photograph of Final Distribution Board (vertical, split busbar type)

G4. Electric shock, ELP and EEB systems

(a) Direct Contact with electricity

(b) Indirect Contact with electricity
(c) Main and Supplementary Earthed
Equipotential Bonding (EEB)
(d) Illustration of Earth Leakage
Protected System (ELPS)

(e) Grading of RCDs in an ELP system

(f) ELP system supplied from LV
switchroom
(g) Calculation of Touch Voltage (ELP
system)
(h) Calculation of Touch Voltage (EEB
system)
G5. Electric shock and RCD characteristics
(a) RCD operating characteristics and electric shock
(b) Typical values of body resistance and physiological effects
(c) RCD operating principle
(d) Types of RCDs
(e) Sources of tripping of RCDs

G6. Protection of buried cables

G7. Common errors

(a) Exposed unsheathed cables at termination points

(b) Protection of high temperature connections

(c) Weather protected outdoor socket-outlets

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 179 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

(d) Earth tails in Accessories and connection boxes

(e) Minimum depth of buried plastic conduit

(f) Circuit identification numbers on Accessories and Earth Conductors

(g) Missing grommets and sharp edges on Cable Tray

(h) Cables in ceiling-voids

(i) Cable glands for Earthing of armoured cable

(j) Earth continuity connections across Cable Tray and conduit

(k) Prohibited terminal blocks and taped connections

(l) Slotting of steel gland plates for single core cables

(m) Flex-outlets

G8. Typical lighting Circuit installations

G9. Isolation and switching

G10. Typical lightning protection system details

(a) Typical lightning protection system details

(b) Lightning Earth Electrodes

G11. Changes in this Edition (April 2020)

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 180 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G1. Guidance note on supply Voltage change

Distribution Companies in the UAE have traditionally based the design of their networks on the
UK power system. Previously, the Voltage of supply was declared to be 240V single-phase or
415V three phase, with an allowed variation in Voltage of +/- 6%. With the harmonization of
supply Voltages in Europe (in line with BS EN 50160) the supply Voltage is 230 / 400V +/- 10%.
In the UK, the variation is currently limited to +10% -6%.

These Regulations have adopted the same nominal Voltage of supply with a variation of +10%
- 6% (Clause 4.1.3). This range has been adopted to allow existing distribution network assets
to continue to operate without modification, and also provides a superior Voltage range to
Customers. With an allowed Voltage drop of 4% within an Owner’s Electrical Installation (Clause
7.5.10) this ensures the total Voltage drop to Appliances will not exceed 10% of the nominal
Voltage of 230/400V.

Old UK supply Voltage range

previously used in Abu Dhabi

BS EN 50160 supply Voltage

Range of supply Voltage

adopted in these regulations

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 181 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G2. Estimation of Connected Load and diversity factors

Load Diversity

Where a Circuit consists of multiple points of utilisation (e.g. socket-outlets), the Circuit load
current can be assessed by simply adding the individual full load current of all points of
utilisation. While, this would provide a conservative design, it will lead to over sizing the Circuit
because in reality the sum of individual loads rarely equal to the actual load current required by
the Circuit. This is known as load
diversity.

For example, the load seen at the Sub Main Distribution Board that is feeding multiple
apartments in a residential building will rarely see all apartments at full load at the same time.
Therefore, allowances for diversity between loads must be taken into consideration in sizing
Final Circuits and other distribution Circuits. Moreover, certain Appliances such as a washing
machine have a number of components that may be independently controlled and vary over
time. Therefore, over the duration of the wash cycle, the total demand will not always be
maintained at the full load rating, as various components switch in and out.

The allowances for diversity in an Electrical Installation varies depending on many factors, these
factors may include:

(a) type and nature of the Electrical Installation (residential, commercial, industrial, etc);

(b) intended use of utilisation points (e.g. general use socket- outlets for the connection
of portable Appliances compared to dedicated socket-outlets for a fixed connection)

(c) number of utilisation points in a Circuit (e.g. a SMBD feed two FDBs compared to
10 FDBs); and

(d) operating characteristics of the Connected Load (e.g. the use of a/c units in Abu
Dhabi is essential in the summer and in many cases it will be running most of the
time).

It is important to note that allowances for diversity in an Electrical Installation may vary between
similar installation. Therefore, the designer of the Electrical Installation may select different
allowances representing the intensity of usage (e.g. higher value for high usage Circuits, such
as communal kitchens, lower value for lower occupancy dwellings, etc).
This Guidance note provides diversity allowances for specific situations. The factors used may
be increased or decreased by the designer depending on the intended design of the Electrical
Installation. The designer must provide the relevant justification to the Distribution Company.
Sizing of Final Circuits
As indicated in Clause 5.2.5 and Appendix A6(f), the relationship between the Circuit load
current (Ic), the Protective Device nominal current rating (In), and the current carrying capacity
of the Circuit conductors (Id) is as follows:
Ic ≤ In ≤ Id in addition;

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 182 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G2. Continued…
Id ≥ 1.15 x In (cables must selected with ratings at least 1.15 times the Protective Device nominal
current rating).
For example, the Circuit full load current of a single phase 4 kW Appliance, can be calculated
using the following formula (power factor = 1 for resistive load):

Therefore, the Protective Device nominal current rating (In) must not be less than 20A (nearest
standard rating), and the current carrying capacity for the Circuit conductor (Id) must be not
less than 23A (20A x 1.15), assuming grouping and temperature rating factors to be 1. The
above calculation ensures that the Circuit is suitably rated for the Appliance to draw 17.4A for a
continuous period of time.
The relevant Protective Device nominal ratings, cable size and cable rating for typical Circuit
applications are provided in Appendix A6(f). For other non-typical Circuit applications, the
designer shall determine the appropriate Circuit rating based on the total Connected Load of all
Appliances and knowledge of the intended Circuit application.

Final Circuit estimated Connected Load for sizing Final Distribution Board
For sizing the Final Distribution Board, the Connected Load of a Final Circuit is estimated by
adding the load of all points of utilisation (e.g. socket-outlets) and items of Appliance connected
to the Circuit and where appropriate making allowances for diversity. The table below gives the
estimated Connected Load for typical Appliances that can be used for sizing Final Distribution
Boards. Specific site information should be used where available.
The table below should be used as a guide for sizing the Final Distribution Board only.
Connected Appliance per
Final Circuit Assumed Connected Load

• sum of wattage of all Luminaires or assume 100W for each lighting point
(note 1)
• chandelier lighting point – 500W
Lighting
• lamp wattage plus losses of associated control gear such as ballasts and
capacitors for fluorescent lighting (note 2)

13A socket-outlets
– (for general use for the
• 200W each (note 3)
connection of portable
Appliances)

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 183 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

13A socket-outlets/ flex

outlets and industrial
socket- outlets – (fixed • actual rating of Appliance
Appliances)

Water heater • 1,500W or actual rating of Appliance

Washing machine, dryer,

• 1,500W each or actual rating of Appliance
dishwasher

Cooker • 3,000W plus the largest ring or actual rating

Fridge • 300W or full rating of Appliance

Motors (e.g. lifts) • actual rating

• split air-conditioning units – full rating

Air Conditioning • window air-conditioning units – full rating
• central a/c units – full rating

Note 1: where the Connected Load of a Luminaire is less than 100 W, then the design of the
lamp holder associated with that Luminaire must only permit the insertion of this type
of lamp. The Connected Load in this case should be the highest actual lamp wattage
that can be accommodated by such lamp holder or that the control gear can deliver.

Note 2: where no exact information is available, the lamp wattage must be multiplied
by not less than 1.8.

Note 3: if the Connected Load on socket-outlet Circuits are known then the designer may
choose to use specific values. For example, in an office building where the socket-
outlet Circuits comprise of business machines each rated at 150 W, then the demand
of each socket-outlet point will be counted as 150 W.

Note 4: standby loads should not be considered when sizing the Final Distribution Board. For
example, where three pumps are configured with two run and one standby, the
standby pump load should not be included in sizing of the Final Distribution Board.
In such cases provision for interlocks must be provided to prevent operation of all
pumps simultaneously.

Diversity allowance between Final Circuits for sizing Sub Main Distribution Board

The diversity allowances shown in the table below are for specific situations and meant to only
provide guidance. The figures given in the table may need to be increased or decreased depending
on the particular circumstances. The table below is used as a guide for sizing of the Sub Main
Distribution Boards only.

The table below can be used as a guide for sizing the Sub Main Distribution Boards feeding multiple
Final Circuits downstream. For e.g., if a SMDB in a villa feeds one central water heater, then no
diversity allowance is allowed. However, if a SMDB in a high rise building feeds a number of flats
each with multiple water heaters then, 50% diversity allowance can be used.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 184 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G2. Continued…
Total sum of the Shops, stores,
estimated Residential offices, schools, Hotels, motels,
Connected Loads premises, villas, mosques, business accommodation
on all Final flats premises houses
Circuits

Lighting 75% 90% 90%

13A socket-
outlets – (for
general use for the
50% 70% 50%
connection of
portable
Appliances)

13A socket-
outlets/flex outlets
50% 50% 50%
– (fixed
Appliances)

Water heater 50%* 50%* 50%*

Washing machine,
dryer, dishwasher 50% 50% 50%

Cooker 50% 75% 80%

Motors (e.g. lifts) 50% 70% 70%

Air-Conditioning 90% 90% 90%

*if water heating is centralised, then no diversity allowance is allowed.

Note 5: a 90% diversity factor may be applied for split or window type air-conditioning
units; diversity factors for central a/c units should be based on manufacturers data
or load data taken from other similar installations (during summer temperature
conditions).

Note 6: additional diversity factors of typically 0.9 may be applied at Sub Main Distribution
Boards (in consideration of the diversity between downstream Final Distribution
Boards) and Main Distribution Boards (in consideration of the diversity between
downstream Sub Main Distribution Boards). Hence, the expected demand at the
Electricity Intake may be 0.81 times the sum of the FDB Diversified Loads.

Power demand

The calculated Diversified Load for Premises should be checked against electricity usage data
for similar Premises. The following table provides some guidance to the total demand for
ighting and small power (with air-conditioning) for various Premises types at MDB level. It is
important to note that the values below depends on a number of factors including weather,

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 185 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G2. Continued…
occupancy hours, use of smart technology, thermal performance and building management
system.

Premise type Power demand

Range W/m² Average W/m²

Domestic 30-80 55

Offices 100-150 125

Hotels 75-100 88

Shops 40-100 70

Car Parks (open air) 0-10 5

Car Park (basement without a/c) 10-20 15

Note 7: during summer, air-conditioning make up 70% to 80% of the total power demand.

Note 8: the above figures represents power demand values at building plot level.

Worked example

The worked example shows how diversity may be applied to a Low Voltage Electrical
Installations for a typical project. It is not intended that the figures provided are to be used on
projects but are guidance on where diversities can be applied within the installation. The sample
is not intended for use in sizing sub-mains or Final Circuits, their evaluation for Voltage drop and
applied grouping and rating factors.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 186 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G2. Continued…
The notional building comprises a 7 story apartment building (G+6) with a ground floor common
area, car park and landscape area externally. All apartments are the same size, 3 bedrooms
and are located from first to sixth floor. Each apartment is provided with its own dedicated
Distribution Board supplied from a tenant Sub Main Distribution Board located at each floor level.
Centralised chillers are provided configured with 2 duty and 1 standby, these are interlocked to
prevent all 3 of them running simultaneously. A centralised plant room provides:

 Air handling facilities for fresh air and extract to the building configured in duty
only.
 Pumped water facilities for domestic water configured in duty standby.
 Pumps associated with the chilled water systems configured in duty standby.

A sprinkler system is provided with a main electric pump and jockey pump to prime the system.
The back up is provided by a diesel fire pump. There are two lifts in the building to serve the
upper floors.

Differing types of loads allows the Watts per square metre to be checked at each stage of the
calculation. Spare allowances are not included within the elemental calculation of Watts per
square metre, only in the overall calculation. The range of diversity applied will be dependent
on the building type, its intended use, its location and the construction standards adopted (for
example the level of thermal insulation will impact on the energy usage within a building).

The arrangement of the Distribution Boards allows the designer to identify the diversity type
and factor as well as the Circuit type. Abreviations contained within the schedules are detailed
below:

Abbreviation System Comments

Power including fixed Appliances, socket

PWR outlets, cookers and other dedicated
equipment supplies.

LTG Lighting both internal and external

Applies to local and

WH Water heating
centralised systems.

Air-conditioning motors for air

Motors including lifts, sanitary pumps, handling units and chilled water
MO
water pumps etc. systems are included within the A/C
Section

Air-conditioning units including chillers, Motors associated with ventilation and

A/C fan coils, air handling units and chilled air-conditioning are included in this
water pumps section.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 187 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Sub-Main Distribution diversity applied The applied diversity applied to all of

SM across the equipment served. the distribution on an elemental basis.

RAD Radial Circuit

RNG Ring Circuit

ELA Earth leakage alarm

RCD (S) Time delayed RCD

ELR Earth leakage relay

Loads that are standby such as sprinkler pumps which are not normally required except in an
emergency may be omitted from the diversified load calculation. For loads that are configured
in run/standby, the standby element of the distribution may be omitted from the diversified load.
Where the loads are connected in 2N format, for example data centres, only a single load may
be counted for the diversified loads. The area used in the calculation of the Watts per square
meter is the gross internal floor area.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 188 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G2. Continued…
Project/Building : Mr Mubarak Al Hosni Building Main Contractor : Sedmund Construction LLC
Address/Location : Sector ME 10 Plot C-96, Abu Dhabi Electrical Contractor : Al Rama EC
Distribution Board No/Ref : MDB-1 Electrical Intake Room Incoming Cable size / type : Cables by Distribution Company Date :
16/02/2014 Fed From : Transformer 1 Main Breaker Type & Rating : 1000A ACB Document No :
ARE-34-1

Singl Rating (Amps) Cable Type / Size Connected Load Total Diversified Load Total
Cable
e/ Remarks

Diversity Type
Thre
Type
RCD MCCB / No. of No. of Size ECC R-Ph Y-Ph B-Ph R-Ph Y-Ph B-Ph
e (kW) (kW)

Diversity
(mA) ACB Cables Cores mm² mm² (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW)

Factor
Phas
e

Outgoing Ways:

LSF/
1 Chiller 1 3 500(S) 200 SWA 1 3 95 1c 50 25.00 25.00 25.00 75.00 A/C 0.90 22.50 22.50 22.50 67.50 Run

LSF/
2 Chiller 2 3 500(S) 200 SWA 1 3 95 1c 50 25.00 25.00 25.00 75.00 A/C 0.90 22.50 22.50 22.50 67.50 Run

LSF/
3 Chiller 3 3 500(S) 200 SWA 1 3 95 1c 50 25.00 25.00 25.00 75.00 A/C 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Standby

LSF/
4 MCC-1 3 ELR 100 SWA 1 4 35 1c 16 13.39 13.39 13.39 40.18 SM 0.66 8.84 8.84 8.84 26.52

LSF/
5 SMDB 1F 3 ELR 200 SWA 1 4 70 1c 35 30.32 30.40 30.60 91.32 SM 0.85 25.78 25.84 26.01 77.63

LSF/
6 SMDB 2F 3 ELR 200 SWA 1 4 70 1c 35 30.40 30.60 30.32 91.32 SM 0.85 25.84 26.01 25.78 77.63

LSF/
7 SMDB 3F 3 ELR 200 SWA 1 4 70 1c 35 30.60 30.32 30.40 91.32 SM 0.85 26.01 25.78 25.84 77.63

LSF/
8 SMDB 4F 3 ELR 200 SWA 1 4 70 1c 35 30.32 30.40 30.60 91.32 SM 0.85 25.78 25.84 26.01 77.63

LSF/
9 SMDB 5F 3 ELR 200 SWA 1 4 70 1c 35 30.40 30.60 30.32 91.32 SM 0.85 25.84 26.01 25.78 77.63

LSF/
10 SMDB 6F 3 ELR 200 SWA 1 4 70 1c 35 30.60 30.32 30.40 91.32 SM 0.85 26.01 25.78 25.84 77.63

11 FDB-LL Landlords LSF/

3 300(S) 8 SWA 1 4 25 1c 16 10.88 10.92 10.23 32.03 SM 0.90 9.79 9.83 9.21 28.83
Services GF electrical
0
room

12 FDB-SL-EXT External LSF/

3 300(S) 6 SWA 1 4 16 1c 16 6.85 6.86 6.51 20.23 SM 0.90 6.17 6.17 5.86 18.2
Lighting GF Elect. Room
3

LSF/
13 Jockey Pump 3 ELA 1 SWA 1 3 4 1c 4 1.50 1.50 1.50 4.50 MO 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 2.25
6

LSF/ Emergency
14 Sprinkler Pump 3 ELA 125 SWA 1 3 50 1c 25 20.00 20.00 20.00 60.00 MO 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Only

LSF/
15 Lift 1 3 300(S) 6 SWA 1 4 16 1c 16 8.00 8.00 8.00 24.00 MO 0.50 4.00 4.00 4.00 12.00
3

LSF/
16 Lift 2 3 300(S) 6 SWA 1 4 16 1c 16 8.00 8.00 8.00 24.00 MO 0.50 4.00 4.00 4.00 12.00

17 Power Factor LSF/

3 300(S) 200 SWA 1 3 95 1c 50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Correction
(100kVAr)

18 Secondary Lightning
LSF Integral in
Su rg e S u pp re s sion 3 ELA 125 Singles 4 1 35 1c 35 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03
MDB
Device (Type 1, 2 & 3)

Total Diversified Phase

Total Connected Phase Loads 326.27 326.31 325.27 Loads 233.81 233.85 232.92

Gross Area 9000.00 sq m Diversified Load Types PWR LTG WH MO A/C Total Connected Load: 977.8kW

Floor Area Diversified Load 52.05 W/sq m MDB Load 149.16 49.11 26.03 29.69 214.45 Load After Diversity 700.61kW

W/sq m 16.57 5.46 2.89 3.30 23.83 Overall Diversity 72%

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 189 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Project/Building : Mr Mubarak Al Hosni Building Main Contractor : Sedmund Construction LLC

Address/Location : Sector ME 10 Plot C-96, Abu Dhabi Electrical Contractor : Al Rama EC
Distribution Board No/Ref : SMDB-1F First Floor Elect. Room Incoming Cable size / type : 4C 70mm2 XLPE/LSF/SWA with 35mm2 Supplemental
Earth Date : 16/02/2014 Fed From :
MDB-1 (Intake Room) Main Breaker Type & Rating : 125A MCCB Document No : ARE-34-2

Singl Rating (Amps) Cable Type / Size Connected Load Total Diversified Load Total
e/
Cable
Remarks
Thre
Type

Diversity Type
e RCD MCCB No. of No. of Size ECC R-Ph Y-Ph B-Ph R-Ph Y-Ph B-Ph
(kW) (kW)
Phas (mA) ACB Cables Cores mm² mm² (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW)

Diversity
Factor
e

Outgoing Ways:

1 FDB-1A First Floor LSF/

3 300(s) 63 SWA 1 4 25 1c 16 7.58 7.60 7.65 22.83 S 0.90 6.82 6.84 6.89 20.55
Apartment
M

2 FDB-1B First Floor LSF/

3 300(s) 63 SWA 1 4 25 1c 16 7.58 7.60 7.65 22.83 S 0.90 6.82 6.84 6.89 20.55
Apartment
M

3 FDB-1C First Floor LSF/

3 300(s) 63 SWA 1 4 25 1c 16 7.58 7.60 7.65 22.83 S 0.90 6.82 6.84 6.89 20.55
Apartment
M

4 FDB-1D First Floor LSF/

3 300(s) 63 SWA 1 4 25 1c 16 7.58 7.60 7.65 22.83 S 0.90 6.82 6.84 6.89 20.55
Apartment
M

Total Diversified
Total Connected Phase Loads 30.32 30.40 30.60 Phase 14.8 16.5 16.5
Loads

Gross Area 47.72 sq m Diversified Load Types PWR LTG W MO A/C Total Connected Load: 91.32kW
H

Floor Area Diversified Load 43.38 W/sq m SMDB Load 27.29 5.94 4. 0.45 9.72 Load After Diversity 82.19kW
3
2
W/sq m 24.81 5.40 3. 0.41 8.84 Overall Diversity 90%
9
3

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 190 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Project/Building : Mr Mubarak Al Hosni Building Main Contractor : Sedmund Construction LLC

Address/Location : Sector ME 10 Plot C-96, Abu Dhabi Electrical Contractor : Al Rama EC
Distribution Board No/Ref : FDB-1A First Floor Apartment Incoming Cable size / type : 4C 25mm2 XLPE/LSF/SWA with 16mm Supplemental Earth Date :
16/02/2014 Fed From : SMDB-1F Main Breaker Type & Rating : 63A isolator + 2 RCD’s (See below) Document No : ARE-34-
3

CABLE SIZE Circuit Load in

(kW) REMARKS

Diversity Type
Cable
Connected Load
Rating A Circuit Name /
per Point (kW)

Diversity
(kW) Point reference No Of Points (Double Single) Circuit

Factor
Cable
Type
Type
Section/ RCD
Busbar

CCT ECC
CCT REF No.

MCB RTG (A)

WIRE WIRE R Y B
mm 2 mm 2
Number

Number

Number
Type

Type

Type
R1 6 1.5 1.5 17.5 (3.4) Lighting Bedrooms 1, 2 3 9 A Single LTG 0.100 0.000 0.000 0.900 LTG 0.75
Core

Y1 6 1.5 1.5 17.5 (3.4) Lighting (fluorescent) - 2 B 1 F 1 D Single LTG 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.200 LTG 0.75
Kitchen Core

B1 6 1.5 1.5 17.5 (3.4) Lighting Lounge (Inc. 4 A 1 C Single LTG 0.100 0.500 0.000 0.900 LTG 0.75
Chandelier 500W) Core

R2 6 1.5 1.5 17.5 (3.4) Smoke Alarms 4 SA Single RAD 0.020 0.000 0.000 0.080 PWR 1.00
Core
Section 1 - 40A, 3ph, 100mA

Y2 16 2.5 2.5 24.0 (4.7) FCU-1, FCU-2, FCU-3 3 FCU Single RAD 0.200 0.000 0.000 0.600 A/C 0.90
Core

B2 16 2.5 2.5 24.0 (4.7) FCU-4 1 FCU-4 Single RAD 1.200 0.000 0.000 1.200 A/C 0.90
Core

R3 6 1.5 1.5 17.5 (3.4) Intruder Alarm Panel 1 IAP Single RAD 0.100 0.000 0.000 0.100 PWR 1.00
Core

Y3 20 4 4 32.0 (6.3) A/C Unit 1 A/C Single RAD 1.200 0.000 0.000 1.200 A/C 0.90
Core

B3 16 2.5 2.5 24.0 (4.7) Drainage Pump 1 ESP Single RAD 0.250 0.000 0.000 0.250 MO 0.50
Core
63A TP&N Isolator

R4 32 6 6 41.0 (8.0) Cooker 1 COOK Single RAD 3.000 0.000 0.000 3.000 PWR 0.50
Core

Y4 20 4 4 32.0 (6.3) Water Heaters: Bathroom 1 WH-1 Single RAD 1.500 0.000 0.000 1.500 WH 0.50
& Kitchen Core

Lighting (fl) + shaver

B4 6 1.5 1.5 17.5 (3.4) 4 E Single LTG 0.050 0.000 0.000 0.200 LTG 0.75
socket - bathrooms 1 & 2
Core

R5 32 2x4 2x4 51.2 (10.0) Socket-Outlets-Kitchen 4 TSSO 2 SSO Single RNG 0.400 0.200 0.000 2.000 PWR 0.50
Ring (Inc. fridge) Core

Y5 20 4 4 32.0 (6.3) Sockets-Outlets - Maids 2 TSSO 1 SSO Single RAD 0.400 0.200 0.000 1.00 PWR 0.50
room & Corridor Core
Section 2 - 40A, 3ph, 30mA

Dishwasher Via
B5 20 4 4 32.0 (6.3) 1 DW Single RAD 1.500 0.000 0.000 1.500 PWR 0.50
Double pole switch &
Core
Socket-Outlet

Washing Machine Via

R6 20 4 4 32.0 (6.3) 1 WM Single RAD 1.500 0.000 0.000 1.50 PWR 0.50
Double pole switch
Core
& Socket-Outlet

Y6 32 2x4 2x4 51.2 (10.0) Sockets-Outlets -Ring 5 TSSO 1 SSO Single RNG 0.400 0.200 0.000 2.20 PWR 0.50
Lounge/Hall Core

B6 32 2x4 2 x4 51.2 (10.0) Socket-Outlets - Bedroom 9 TSSO Single RNG 0.400 0.000 0.000 3.60 PWR 0.50
1, 2, 3 Core

Gross 250.00 sq m Diversified PWR LTG WH MO AC Total Connected Loads 7.58 7.60 7.65 22.83kW
Area Load Types

Floor 53.02 W/sq m DB Load 7.58 1.65 1.20 0.13 2.70 Load After Diversity 4.11 4,.57 4.58 58% 13.26kW
Area
Diversifi
ed Load W/sq m 30.32 6.60 4.80 0.50 10.80

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 191 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G3.(a) Photograph of busbar riser

Typical busbar riser system including plug-in circuit breaker

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 192 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G3.(b) Photograph of Final Distribution Board (horizontal DIN rail)

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 193 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G3.(c) Photograph of Final Distribution Board (vertical, split busbsr type)

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 194 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G4.(a) Direct Contact with electricity

[see Regulation 5.3]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 195 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G4.(b) Indirect Contact with electricity

1. Contact between Exposed-Conductive-Part and Extraneous-Conductive-Part

2. Contact with Exposed-Conductive-Part
3. Contact with Extraneous-Conductive-Part

Note: illustration shows TN-S supply system i.e. Distribution Company Earthed with
Earthed Equipotential Bonding (EEB) of Extraneous metalwork. Live conductors are
not shown for clarity.

[ see Regulations 5.3 and 5.5 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 196 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G4.(c) Main and Supplementary Earthed Equipotential Bonding (EEB)

Note 1: live conductors are not shown for clarity.

Note 2: characteristics of MCBs for Final Distribution Boards must be coordinated against
Earth Fault Loop Impedance values to give a maximum of 0.4 Sec tripping for circuit
A (socket-outlet supplying portable appliances) and for circuit B (fixed appliances).
Also, MCCBs must coordinate to give a maximum of 0.4 Sec tripping time for
distribution circuits. (see Clauses 5.5.2 and 5.5.3).

Note 3: clamps for Earthing and bonding shall be in accordance with BS 951. (see Clause
5.5.11).

[ see Regulation 5.5 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 197 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G4.(d) Illustration of Earth Leakage Protected System (ELPS)

Note: Main Distribution Board includes MCCB with Earth Leakage Protection.
Live conductors are not shown for clarity.

[ see Regulation 5.4 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 198 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G4.(e) Grading of RCDs in an ELP system

Note 1: type S RCDs provide time delayed operation in order to discriminate with RCDs
at the Final Distribution Board. Alternatively, for high current applications a MCCB with
Earth Leakage Protection may be used.

Note 2: a maximum of 30mA RCD protection is required for socket-outlets serving portable
Appliances; a maximum of 100mA RCD protection is required for fixed Appliances and
Circuits.

[ see Regulation 5.4, clasuses 5.4.5 and 5.4.6 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 199 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G4.(f) ELP system supplied from LV switchroom

[ see Clauses 5.4.5 and 5.4.6 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 200 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G4.(g) Calculation of Touch Voltage (ELP system)

Note 1: Touch Voltage Vt is approximately equal to the fault Voltage Vf assuming that the
Extraneous-Conductive-Part is in good contact with Earth.

Note 2: Ze is the resistance of the Earth Electrode (TT system) or the incoming supply Earth
Fault Loop Impedance (TN-S) system.

Note 3: the illustration shows unbonded Extraneous-Conductive-Parts, such as in an Earth

Leakage Protected System (ELPS).

[ see Regulation 5.5 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 201 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G4.(h) Calculation of Touch Voltage (EEB system)

Notes:

Without supplementary EEB the Touch Voltage Vt is approximately equal to the Voltage drop across the
Circuit Earth Conductor resistance R2 .

To calculate Vt:

Where:

Example:

For an Appliance supplied by an MCB (type C) of nominal rating 16A, the maximum Earth Fault Loop
Impedance to give a 0.4 Sec disconnection time, given under Appendix A5(h) is 1.5 Ohms. R2 is
measured as 0.9 Ohms.

Hence:

If the measured Earth Fault Loop Impedance is higher than 1.5 Ohms the time-current characteristic of
the MCB will need to be checked to see if a disconnection time of 0.4 Sec can be achieved (the Touch
Voltage will be higher), otherwise RCD protection will be required. If supplementary bonding is applied
then the Touch Voltage is dramatically reduced (the Voltage drop equates to the current passing through
the supplementary bonding times the resistance of the supplementary bonding Rs ).

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 202 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G5.(a) RCD operating characteristics and electric shock

These Regulations include a compulsory requirement for provision of Earth Leakage Protection
(ELP) on all Final Circuits where Appliances may be used by any persons. This is normally
achieved with RCD devices complying with BS EN 61008 and BS IEC 1008 which must operate
within 200ms at their residual current rating (tripping current) and within 40ms at 5 times their
residual current rating. RCDs must not operate at below 50% of their residual current rating.
RCD devices with a residual operating current of 30mA or less may be used for supplementary
protection against Direct Contact, whilst devices rated above this value provide protection
against Indirect Contact only (see Clause 5.3.2).

ELP devices do not protect against electric shock between phase conductors or between phase
and neutral nor do they provide any overload protection. The response of the human body
depends on the time and magnitude of current that may pass at the time of an electric shock
incident. The ‘low risk’ and ‘high risk’ range of current against time is illustrated below, along
with the operating times of typical RCD devices (from IEC 60479).

Response of human body vs. RCD charcateristics:

Zone 1: usually no reaction

Zone 2: shock sensation, but usually no harmful effects
Zone 3: likelihood of muscular contraction, and temporary cardiac arrest without ventricular
fibrillation
Zone 4: in addition to the effects of zone 3, the probability of ventricular fibrillation is increased
by 5% for curve C2 and 50% for curve C3; harmful effects such as cardiac arrest,
breathing arrest and burns are likely to occur

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 203 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G5.(b) Typical values of body resistance and physiological effects

Human resistance for various skin contact conditions (k Ohms)

Touch area Dry Wet

Finger touch 40 – 1,000 4 – 15

Hand hold on wire 15 – 50 3–6

Hand hold on pipe 1–3 0.5 – 1.5

Palm touch 3–8 1–2

Internal body resistance (including skin) = 0.2 – 1 k Ohms

Voltage required to produce the current

Electric current (1 with assumed body resistance:
second contact) Physiological effect

100 k Ohms 1 k Ohms (wet

(dry finger) hand)

Threshold of feeling,
1mA 100V 1V
tingling sensation

Accepted as maximum
5mA 500V 5V
harmless current

Beginning of sustained muscular

10-20mA contraction ("Can't let go" current) 1000V 10V

Ventricular fibrillation, fatal if

continued. Respiratory function
100-300mA 10000V 100V
continues

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 204 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G5.(c) RCD operating principles

RCD devices measure the vector sum of currents passing through the phase and neutral
conductors in a circuit, via a magnetic coil and electronic amplifier. The device will trip if these
are out of balance by more than the residual operating current, in accordance with the
manufacturer’s time-current performance curve. See Guidance Note G5(a).

older type of voltage-operated earth leakage devices (ELCB) are not permitted (Clause 5.4.2)
since they operate by detecting fault voltage and require a connection between a Main Earth
Conductor and an Earth Electrode; these devices are therefore vulnerable to maloperation due
to parallel earth paths.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 205 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G5.(d) Types of RCDs

Because of the use of semiconductor devices in an Electrical Installation there may be situations
when an earth fault current is not purely sinusoidal but contains a DC or ‘chopped’ waveform.
This may de- sensitise or disable standard AC operated RCDs. Special devices are available
which are designed to continue to function for non-sinusoidal supply waveforms, complying with
IEC1008, IEC1009 (indicated by the symbols shown below).

For RCD devices installed at a Main Distribution Boards, time delayed operation is usually
required to avoid tripping when a fault occurs in a Final Circuit (the FDB RCD should trip first).
Time delayed RCD devices are labelled ‘S type’.

For type B RCDs, they are able to provide protection in case of alternating residual sinusoidal
currents up to 1000 Hz, pulsating direct residual currents and smooth direct residual currents.
Refer to BS EN 62423 for more details.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 206 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G5.(e) Sources of tripping of RCDs

Type of fault Reason

• Direct Contact by persons

• Indirect Contact (during earth fault)
• Incorrect discrimination with upstream and downstream
devices (e.g. between MDB and FDB)
• Loose connections
• Crossed neutral connections on split
busbar distribution board
• Neutral to earth fault
• High Earth Conductor currents (e.g. IT equipment, filters, etc)
Downstream of RCD
• Moisture in Circuit conductors (especially joints in MICC
cables)
• Moisture in Appliances (e.g. cooker heating element)
• Double pole switching (capacitive effects)
• Transient voltages caused by large inductive loads (e.g.
industrial motors)
• Damaged Circuits (e.g. nails in walls)

• Loose connections
• Mains borne disturbances (e.g. surges, lightning, harmonics,
transients from overhead lines)
Upstream of RCD
• Disturbing loads (e.g. machinery, lift motor, etc)

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 207 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G6. Protection of buried cables

[ see Clause 7.5.8 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 208 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(a) Exposed unsheathed cables at termination points

[ see Clauses 7.4.8 and 7.5.12 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 209 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(b) Protection of high temperature connections

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 210 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(c) Weather protected outdoor socket-outlets

[ see Clauses 7.1.14, 9.4.1(b), 9.5.1(b), 9.6.2(i) ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 211 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(d) Earth tails in Accessories and connection boxes

[ see Clause 6.6.4 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 212 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(e) Minimum depth of buried plastic conduit

Buried plastic conduits in walls or ceilings must be min 50mm depth or metal conduit
must be used (see Clause 7.4.6 )

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 213 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(f) Circuit identification numbers on Accessories and Earth Conductors

[ see Clause 6.5.3 ]

Note: phase and neutral conductors should be in the same sequence.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 214 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(g) Missing grommets and sharp edges on Cable Tray

[ see Clause 7.4.8 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 215 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(h) Cables in ceiling-voids

[ see Clauses 7.3.8 and 7.5.15 ]

(flexible connections to be limited to 3m in length and securely fixed; ‘plug & fit’ connection
systems may be used after the main supply connection)

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 216 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(i) Cable glands for Earthing of armoured cable

Note: all glands should be mechanically and electrically sound, secured and tightened
using the appropriate tools.

[ see Clause 7.5.18 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 217 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(j) Earth continuity connections across Cable Tray and conduit

[ see Clauses 6.6.1 and 7.4.4 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 218 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(k) Prohibited terminal blocks and taped connections

[ see Clause 7.5.16 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 219 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(l) Slotting of steel gland plates for single core cables

Note: single core cables in a steel enclosure will cause electromagnetic currents in the steel
and possible overheating. This can be avoided by ensuring that a non ferromagnetic
material is used around the cables (e.g. brass or aluminium plate) or slots are cut in
the steel between the phase conductors.

[ see Clause 7.5.11 ]

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 220 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G7.(m) Flex-outlets

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 221 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G8. Typical lighting Circuit Installation

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 222 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G8. Continued…

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 223 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G8. Continued…

Note 1: flexible conduits to be fitted with glands at both ends.

Note 2: connection box to be complete with conduit inlet and flexible cable clamp outlet.

Note 3: connection box to be suitably sized to allow removal through Luminaire aperture.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 224 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G9. Isolation and Switching

Note 1: all pumps in the set are to be provided with isolators.

Note 2: remote stop switches or isolator on the control panel does not provide sufficient
means of isolation to meet the requirements of the Regulations.

Note 3: remote stop push button must be located to be easily accessible but without
possibility of inadvertent operation.

Note 4: all cables and conduits must be adequately supported and fully terminated.

Note 5: all isolators must be lockable in the off position.

Note 6: all motors must be provided with suitably sized terminal block.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 225 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G10.(a) Typical lightning protection system details

1. Roof tape network

2. Earth Equipotential Bonding to roof mounted electrical equipment
3. Earth Equipotential Bonding to aerial array
4. Meshed type LPS
5. Catenary type LPS
6. Rod (Finial) type LPS
7. Down conductor
8. Earth Equipotential Bonding bar for internal LPS
9. Test point
10. Ring Earth Electrode below ground level
11. Earth Electrode
12. Earth Equipotential Bonding ring (for buildings above 30m, ring provided at 20m intervals
of height)
13. Earth Equipotential Bonding to lift shaft
14. Earth Equipotential Bonding to façade steelwork
15. Earth Equipotential Bonding to building steelwork
16. Earth Equipotential Bonding from LV supply to equipotential bonding bar.
17. Incoming supply cable
18. Surge protection device (SPD)
19. MDB
20. DB
21. UPS
22. ICT Equipment
23. Incoming communication and data cables (copper)
24. Satellite aerial cable
25. Satellite Decoder
26. Electrical supply to roof mounted equipment
27. Sub-main cable

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 226 of 239
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G10.(a) Continued…
Note 1: a risk assessment evaluating the full requirements of lightning protection systems (LPS)
including the impact on electrical and electronic systems (e.g. surge protective devices) is to
be carried out by the designer of the Electrical Installation.

Note 2: LPS may be provided in three ways, meshed, catenary or rod type. Any or all of the
LPS systems shown above may be used depending on the configuration of the Premises.
Other methods may be proposed subject to the approval by the Distribution Company.

Note 3: down conductors are to be provided at a spacing interval to meet the lightning protection
risk assessment. Typically LPS I & II – 10m, LPS III – 15m and LPS IV – 20m as detailed in
BS EN 62305-3.

Note 4: the use of natural components (the building reinforcement bars or structural steel), is not
permitted unless approved by the Distribution Company. Down conductors are to be provided
with test links either internally or externally in accessible locations at low level. Earth Electrodes
should ideally be connected in a ring around the building at ground floor level where practical.

Note 5: structural foundations or piles may be used as lightning Earth Electrodes and a typical detailed
arrangement is provided in G10(b). For Premises exceeding 30m in height, secondary rings
should be provided around the building at a spacing of 20m intervals. Earth Equipotential
Bonding is required for Extraneous-Conductive-Parts such as curtain wall framing, lift shaft
steelwork, drainage and gutters, parapet copings, exposed equipment, handrails etc.

Note 6: surge protection devices (SPDs) are to be provided based on the risk assessment evaluation,
but as a minimum should be deployed at the Electricity Intake to the Premises. Equipment that
is prone to potential damage from lightning strikes should also be protected.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 227 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G10.(b) Lightning Earth Electrodes

1. Down conductor
8. Pile
2. Test clamp
9. Test clamp with recessed
3. Twin tailed bonding conductors
accessible cover
4. Bolted Earth clamps
10. Lightning protection Earth pit
5. Welded connection to
reinforcement bars 11. Earth Electrode
6. Wall construction 12. Lightning protection tape
7. Pile cap 13. Corrosion treated connection

Note 1: when using piles as the lightning protection Earth Electrodes, the planning is to be carried out in
conjunction with the design of the structure.

Note 2: structural engineer to confirm that piles can be used and that clamping or welding of rods is acceptable.

Note 3: where welding is used, minimum length of welds must be 50 mm.

Note 4: all LPS works associated with the use of piles is to be inspected prior to pouring of concrete.

Note 5: protective cover for tape/cable through ground to Earth Electrode not shown but is to be provided.

Note 6: termination at Earth Electrode to be corrosion resistant or be treated for electrolytic action.

Note 7: where tape is run surface at low level, mechanical protection is to be provided. Where protection is
metallic this is to be bonded to the tape.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 228 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

G11. Changes in this Edition (April 2020)

The following is a summary of the key changes incorporated into the Electricity Wiring
Regulations (DoE Edition).

1. These Regulations are now issued by DoE in accordance with Law No 11 of 2018.

2. All references to ex RSB were changed to DoE as appropriate.

3. All reference tables in appendices have been updated to capture BS 7671 18 th edition as
appropriate.

4. EVSE Addendum is now included in the (2020) DoE edition in Part 13.

5. Effective dates of some provisions were updated to capture changes as appropriate.

6. Amended Clause 1.4.5 (of Clause 1.3.5 in 3rd edition).

7. Amended relaxation Clause 1.4.8 (Clause 1.3.8 in 3rd edition) and associated note.

8. Added new Clause 1.4.11 and Clause 1.4.12.

9. Updated regulation 2.5 (Definitions) to include all definitions associated with EVSE Addendum 1

10. The text of Clause 3.1.4 was amended per the suggestion of QCC, this will give Discos some
room to approve alternatives.

11. In Clause 3.2.4 added the term designer "the Owner, designer and associated Licensed
Contractor.."

12. The text of Clause 3.4.2 was amended, this will give Discos some room to improve processes.

13. Clause 3.5.12 was amended to read “Inspection and testing of Electrical Installations must be
carried out by suitably qualified and competent persons with...."

14. In Clause 4.2.5, replaced the word hindrance by obstructions.

15. In Clause 7.5.20 replaced the word Live by Phase.

16. Added note 2 to Clause 7.8.15 to allow for the usage of wall mounted MDB and SMDB below
400A at residential villas.

17. Added note to Clause 7.8.17 to specify the Ingress Protection rating of the wall mounted MDB
or SMDB below 400A at residential villas to be minimum IP65 unless otherwise specified by
the distribution company.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 229 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

18. Added note (b) with respect to the periodic inspection table of Clause 8.1.5.

19. Introduced new Regulation 9.7 “Roadway Lighting” instead of Street Lighting.

20. Added new Clause 9.7.1 pertaining to Roadway Lighting and amended number of associated
Clauses accordingly.

21. In Clause 9.7.2 ( Clause 9.7.1 in EWR 3rd Edition) replaced the terms “the street light column”
by roadway lighting pole.

22. In Clause 9.8.3, added in accordance with BS EN 50525 to flexible cable.

23. Amended Clause 10.1.3 : The use of capacitor banks in residential villas shall be determined
by the distribution company on a case by case basis and hence permitted in accordance with
the relevant regulations and shall be installed in the main intake room.

24. Clause 10.2.13 Relevant international standards for capacitors have been updated in the respective
table as follows:

Capacitor switching contactors IEC 60871 and IEC 60831

Detuning reactors IEC 60076-6 and IEC 60076

25. To ensure consistency and validity of standards, Clause 13.1.17 was updated, e.g. added
installation of the In-cable control and protection devices (IC-CPD) for mode 2 charging of
electric road vehicles in accordance with IEC 62752

26. Removed reference to IEC-61851-22 from the EVSE respective table associated with Clause
13.1.18, since the same has been withdrawn in Feb 2017 and was replaced by expansion of
the scope of IEC 61851-1

27. In new Clause 13.2.5 ( previously clause 1.38-Final circuit) replaced Extension cord unit with
Cable extension unit.

28. Enforcement procedures (Regulation 15.2) are amended to capture the enforcement powers
conferred to DoE pursuant to Law No 11 of 2018.

29. A5(h) Earth Fault Loop Impedance values required for MCBs (at 230 V)- change of values in
table, in accordance with BS 7671 18th edition.

30. A6.(d) Time current characteristic of Type D MCBs-chart updated in line with BS 7671 18 th
Edition.

31. A7(b) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC multi-core cables (non-armoured)- change of
values in table, in accordance with BS 7671 18th edition.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 230 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

32. G2 sample tables have been corrected on the estimation of Connected Load and the use of
diversity factors for Final Circuits, SMDBs and MDBs.

33. For improved safety and protectivity, G2 sample table concerning water heaters has been
updated to provide radial circuit for each water heater and considered the load 1500W for each,
as illustrated below.

Water Heaters: 1 WH-1 Single RAD 1.500 0.000 0.000 1.500

Bathroom & Kitchen Core

34. A1 Glossary of terms and abbreviations-captured AC (alternating current) and DC (direct

current) instead of a.c. and d.c. respectively and reflected amendment through the document.
Also added amended Ze External Earth Fault Loop Impedance “at Intake”.

35. A3 Reference standards have been updated, e.g. BS 6207 has been replaced by BS EN 60702-
3:2016,BS 6500 has been completely withdrawn and included by BS EN 50525, BS 50086 has
been withdrawn and replaced by BS EN 61386-23:2004+A11:2010, BS 31 has been withdrawn
and replaced by BS EN ISO 80000-12:2013, BS 6701 was removed from General table
Earthing part page 93, due to non-relevance, BS 60617 has been completely withdrawn, BS
60446 has been witdrwan and replaced by BS EN 600445:2017, BS 61646 has been withdrawn
and now included in BS EN 61215 and updated associated IEC standard, added BS EN 61727,
added BS EN 61000, BS 50521 has been replaced by BS EN 62852.

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 231 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Notes

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 232 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Notes

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 233 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Notes

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 234 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Notes

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 235 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Notes

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 236 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Notes

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 237 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Notes

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 238 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS

Notes

Document no. DoE/PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 239 of 239
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced
in any form or by any means without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.

DoE-QMS-4.1 Rev.0